WO2003099818A1 - Substituted quinazolinone compounds - Google Patents

Substituted quinazolinone compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2003099818A1
WO2003099818A1 PCT/US2003/016442 US0316442W WO03099818A1 WO 2003099818 A1 WO2003099818 A1 WO 2003099818A1 US 0316442 W US0316442 W US 0316442W WO 03099818 A1 WO03099818 A1 WO 03099818A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
substituted
unsubstituted
ethyl
groups
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2003/016442
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Rustum S. Boyce
Natalia Aurrecoechea
Daniel Chu
Aaron Smith
Bryan Chang
Original Assignee
Chiron Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Chiron Corporation filed Critical Chiron Corporation
Priority to DE60333937T priority Critical patent/DE60333937D1/en
Priority to US10/515,434 priority patent/US7858631B2/en
Priority to EP03738964A priority patent/EP1551834B1/en
Priority to MXPA04011557A priority patent/MXPA04011557A/en
Priority to JP2004507475A priority patent/JP2005531583A/en
Priority to AU2003245325A priority patent/AU2003245325A1/en
Priority to AT03738964T priority patent/ATE478867T1/en
Priority to CA002486966A priority patent/CA2486966A1/en
Publication of WO2003099818A1 publication Critical patent/WO2003099818A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D253/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D251/00
    • C07D253/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D251/00 condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/10—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for impotence
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D217/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems
    • C07D217/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the nitrogen-containing ring
    • C07D217/24—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/70—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D239/72—Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines
    • C07D239/86—Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines with hetero atoms directly attached in position 4
    • C07D239/88—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/70—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D239/72—Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines
    • C07D239/86—Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines with hetero atoms directly attached in position 4
    • C07D239/88—Oxygen atoms
    • C07D239/90—Oxygen atoms with acyclic radicals attached in position 2 or 3
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/70—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D239/72—Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines
    • C07D239/86—Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines with hetero atoms directly attached in position 4
    • C07D239/88—Oxygen atoms
    • C07D239/91—Oxygen atoms with aryl or aralkyl radicals attached in position 2 or 3
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/70—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D239/72—Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines
    • C07D239/95—Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines with hetero atoms directly attached in positions 2 and 4
    • C07D239/96—Two oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • This invention relates to melanocortin-4 receptor (MC4-R) agonists and methods of their preparation.
  • the invention also relates to methods of treating melanocortin-4 receptor-mediated diseases, such as obesity or diabetes, by activating the melanocortin-4 receptor with compounds provided herein.
  • Melanocortins are peptide products resulting from post- translational processing of pro-opiomelanocortin and are known to have a broad array of physiological activities.
  • the natural melanocortins include the different types of melanocyte stimulating hormone ( ⁇ -MSH, ⁇ -M,SH, ⁇ -MSH) and ACTH. Of these, ⁇ -MSH and ACTH are considered to be the main endogenous melanocortins.
  • MC-Rs melanocortin receptors
  • MC1-R mediates pigmentation of the hair and skin.
  • MC2-R mediates the effects of ACTH on steroidogenesis in the adrenal gland.
  • MC3-R and MC4-R are predominantly expressed in the brain.
  • MC5-R is considered to have a role in the exocrine gland system.
  • the melanocortin-4 receptor is a seven- transmembrane receptor. MC4-R may participate in modulating the flow of visual and sensory information, coordinate aspects of somatomotor control, and/or participate in the modulation of autonomic outflow to the heart.
  • Significantly, inactivation of this receptor by gene targeting has resulted in mice that develop a maturity onset obesity syndrome associated with hyperphagia, hyperinsulinemia, and hyperglycemia.
  • MC4-R has also been implicated in other disease states including erectile disorders, cardiovascular disorders, neuronal injuries or disorders, inflammation, fever, cognitive disorders, and sexual behavior disorders.
  • M. E. Hadley and C. Haskell-Luevano The proopiomelanocortin system, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 585:1 (1999).
  • R antagonists indicate that MC4-R is implicated in endogenous energy regulation.
  • an agouti protein is normally expressed in the skin and is an antagonist of the cutaneous MC receptor involved in pigmentation, MC1-R. M. M. Ollmann et al., Science, 278:135-138 (1997).
  • agouti protein in mice leads to a yellow coat color due to antagonism of MC1-R and increased food intake and body weight due to antagonism of MC4-R.
  • L. L. Kiefer et al. Biochemistry, 36: 2084-2090 (1997); D. S. Lu et al., Nature, 371 :799-802 (1994).
  • Agouti related protein an agouti protein homologue, antagonizes MC4-R but not MC1-R.
  • AGRP Agouti related protein
  • M. Fong et al. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 237:629-631 (1997).
  • Administration of AGRP in mice increases food intake and causes obesity but does not alter pigmentation.
  • M. Rossi et al. Endocrinology, 139:4428-443. (1998).
  • this research indicates that MC4-R participates in energy regulation, and therefore, identifies this receptor as a target for a rational drug design for the treatment of obesity.
  • MC4-R agonists that are piperidine compounds and derivatives
  • WO 01/70337 and WO 99/64002 disclose MC-R agonists that are spiropiperidine derivatives.
  • Other known melanocortin receptor agonists include aromatic amine compounds containing amino acid residues, particularly tryptophan residues, as disclosed in WO 01/55106. Similar agonists are disclosed in WO 01/055107 which comprise aromatic amine compounds containing tertiary amide or tertiary amine groups.
  • WO 01/055109 discloses melanocortin receptor agonists comprising aromatic amines which are generally bisamides separated by a nitrogen-containing alkyl linker.
  • Guanidine-containing compounds having a variety of biological activities are also known in the prior art.
  • U.S. patent No. 4,732,916 issued to Satoh et al. discloses guanidine compounds useful as antiulcer agents
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,948,901 issued to Schnur et al. and EP 0343 894 disclose guanidino compounds useful as protease inhibitors and as anti-plasmin and anti-thrombin agents
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,352,704 issued to Okuyama et al. discloses a guanidino compound useful as an antiviral agent.
  • Guanidine- containing compounds are also disclosed in other references.
  • U.S. Patent No. 6,030,985 issued to Gentile et al. discloses guanidine compounds useful for treating and preventing conditions in which inhibition of nitric oxide synthetase is beneficial such as stroke, schizophrenia, anxiety, and pain.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,952,381 issued to Chen et al. discloses certain guanidine compounds for use in selectively inhibiting or antagonizing ⁇ v ⁇ 3 integrins.
  • the instant invention provides potent and specific agonists of
  • Z 1 is selected from the group consisting of CR 4 and N;
  • Z 2 is selected from the group consisting of CR 5 and N;
  • Z 3 is selected from the group consisting of CR 6 and N;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups;
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcarbonyl, and arylcarbonyl groups;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups;
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R ⁇ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CI, I, F, Br, OH, NH 2 , CN, N0 2 , and substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylamino, heteroarylamino, aminocarbonyl, aikylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl
  • W is a group of formula IIA or IIB;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
  • R 1' and R 2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl group;
  • R 3' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups; and R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • Compounds provided by the invention further include prodrugs of the compound of formula IA, IB, and IC, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, hydrates thereof, hydrides thereof, or solvates thereof.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R 3 is H.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IA, IB, and
  • Z 1 is a CR 4 group
  • Z 2 is a CR 5 group
  • Z 3 is a CR 6 group.
  • at least one of R 4 , R 5 , or R 6 is a F.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IA, IB, and
  • Z 1 is N.
  • Z 2 is N.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IA, IB, and
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, polycyclic cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl, and aryl groups.
  • R 3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2- alkylcyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,4- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,5-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dialkylcycIohexyl, 3,4- dialkylcyclohexyl, 3-alkylcyclohexyl, 4-alkylcyclohexyl, 3,3,5-trialkylcyclohexyl, cyclohexyl methyl, 2-aminocyclohexyl, 3-aminocycl
  • R 3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-methylcyclohexyl, 2,2- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,5- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3- methylcyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 3,3,5- trimethylcyclohexyl, 4-f-butylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, isopinocampheyl, 7,7-dimethylnorbomyl, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl, 3-methylcycloheptyl groups, 2- fluoro-4-methylcyclohexyl, 4-fluor
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IA, IB, and
  • R 1' is H and R 2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • R 1 is H and R 2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethyl benzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3- methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
  • R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • R 1 and R 2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4- dichlorobenzyl, 3-methyl benzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2- chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group.
  • R 1' and R 2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated heterocyclyl group comprising at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, in addition to the nitrogen atom to which R 1' and R 2 are bound.
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazino, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, homopiperazino, or azepino group.
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a piperazino group optionally substituted by one or two methyl groups.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IA, IB, and
  • R 1 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of 2,4-dihalophenylethyl, and 2,4-dialkylphenylethyl groups.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4- methoxyphenylethyl, 4-phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4- methylphenylethyl, 4-chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenyIethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-ch
  • the invention provides compounds of formula IA, IB and IC in which R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IB in which
  • R 2 is H.
  • the invention provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, heterocyclyl group, alkylamino group, or cycloalkyl amino group.
  • R 3 is selected from substituted and unsubstituted 2- pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrazine, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, and cyclopropylamino groups.
  • the instant invention provides a second group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R that are low molecular weight small molecules.
  • Z 1 is selected from the group consisting of CR 4 and N;
  • Z 2 is selected from the group consisting of CR 5 and N;
  • Z 3 is selected from the group consisting of CR 6 and N;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups;
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CI, I, F, Br, OH, NH 2 , CN, N0 2 , and substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylamino, heteroarylamino, aminocarbonyl, aikylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heterocyclylaminocarbonyl, and heteroarylaminocarbonyl groups;
  • W is a group of formula IIA or IIB;
  • R >1 ' i is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl group;
  • R 3' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
  • R 4' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups;
  • L is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, -CH2-, -0-, -S-, and -NH-;
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted arylaminoalkyl, aryl, and aryloxyalkyl groups or is selected from a group of formula IIC;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of CH 2 , O, S, and NR 9 where R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups;
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of H, a halogen, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkylaminoalkyl, heterocyclyl, alkoxy, carbonyl, and aminocarbonyl groups; and
  • n is an integer selected from 0, 1 , and 2.
  • compounds provided of the second group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R further include prodrugs of the compounds of formula IA and IC, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, hydrates thereof, hydrides thereof, or solvates thereof.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R 1 is H or an alkyl group such as a methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or pentyl group. In some such embodiments, R 1 is H whereas in other such embodiments, R 1 is a methyl group.
  • R 1 is H whereas in other such embodiments, R 1 is a methyl group.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which Z is a CR 4 group, Z 2 is a CR 5 group, and Z 3 is a CR 6 group. In some such embodiments, at least one of R 4 , R 5 , or R 6 is a F.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which at least one of Z 1 , Z 2 , or Z 3 is N.
  • Z 1 is N.
  • Z 2 is N.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, polycyclic cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl, and aryl groups.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-alkylcyclohexyl, 2,2- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,5- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dialkylcyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 3- alkylcyclohexyl, 4-alkylcyclohexyl, 3,3,5-trialkylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 2-aminocyclohexyl, 3-aminocyclohexyl, 4-aminocyclohexyl, 2,3- diaminocyclohexyl, 2,4-diaminocyclohexyl, 3,4-diaminocyclohexyl
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2- methylcyclohexyl, 2,2-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,4- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,5-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3,4- dimethylcyclohexyl, 3-methylcyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexyl, 4-f-butylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, isopinocampheyl, 7,7-dimethylnorbornyl, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl, 3- methylcycloheptyl groups, 2-fluoro-4-methylcyclohexyl, 4-fluoro
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R 1 is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • R 1' is H and R 2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethyl benzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3-methyI benzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3- methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
  • R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • R 1' and R 2 may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4- dichlorobenzyl, 3-methyl benzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyI, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2- chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group.
  • R and R 2' together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated heterocyclyl group comprising at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, in addition to the nitrogen atom to which R 1' and R 2 are bound.
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazino, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, homopiperazino, or azepino group.
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a piperazino group optionally substituted by one or two methyl groups.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R 1 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of 2,4- dihalophenylethyl, and 2,4-dialkylphenylethyl groups.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4- methoxyphenylethyl, 4-phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4- methylphenylethyl, 4-chlorophenyIethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-ch
  • the invention provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
  • the invention provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, heterocyclyl group, alkylamino group, or cycloalkyl amino group.
  • R 3 is selected from substituted and unsubstituted 2- pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrazine, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, and cyclopropylamino groups.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R 3 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of 2,4- dihalophenylethyl, and 2,4-dialkylphenylethyl groups.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4- methoxyphenylethyl, 4-phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenyIethyl, 4- methylphenylethyl, 4-chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chIorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxypheny
  • R 1 is H or is an alkyl group having from one to eight carbon atoms. In some of the embodiments described in this paragraph, R 1 is H whereas in other such embodiments R 1 is a methyl, ethyl, or propyl group.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R 3 is a substituted alkyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryloxyalkyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxymethyl group.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -0-aryl groups where the aryl group is substituted with one or more halogen group such as with one or more CI or F.
  • the aryl group is additionally substituted with an alkoxy group such as a methoxy or ethoxy group.
  • R 3 is a -CH 2 -0-aryl group where the aryl group is selected from the group consisting of 2,4-difluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, and 2-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl groups.
  • R 3 is a heterocyclylalkyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkoxyalkyl group or a heteroarylalkoxyalkyl group.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylmethyl group.
  • the heterocyclyl group is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted 1 H-tetrazole, piperazine, piperidine, imidazole, and morpholine groups.
  • R 3 is a -CH2-heterocyclyl group where the heterocyclyl group is a 1 H-tetrazole, an imidazole, an N-methylpiperazine, a 4-hydroxypiperidine, a 3-hydroxypiperidine, or a morpholine.
  • R 3 is a heterocyclyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted piperazinyl group such as an N-methylpiperazinyl group, is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridine group, is a substituted or unsubstituted tetrazole group, is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group such as a 4-methylcyclohexyl group, or is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
  • R 3 is an alkoxyalkyl group such as a methoxyalkyl group or an ethoxyalkyl group.
  • R 3 is a an alkoxyalkyl group such as an alkoxymethyl group such as a methoxymethyl group.
  • the instant invention provides a third group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R that are low molecular weight small molecules.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups;
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CI, I, F, Br, OH, NH 2 , CN, N0 2 , and substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylamino, heteroarylamino, aminocarbonyl, aikylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heterocyclylaminocarbonyl, and heteroarylaminocarbonyl groups;
  • W is a group of formula IIA or IIB;
  • R 1' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
  • R 2' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl group;
  • R 3' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
  • R 4' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups;
  • L is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, -CH 2 -, -0-, -S-, and -NH-;
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted arylaminoalkyl, aryl, and aryloxyalkyl groups or is selected from a group of formula IIC;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of CH 2 , O, S, and NR 9 where R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups;
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of H, a halogen, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkylaminoalkyl, heterocyclyl, alkoxy, carbonyl, and aminocarbonyl groups; and
  • n is an integer selected from 0, 1 , and 2.
  • compounds provided of the third group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R further include prodrugs of the compounds of formula ID, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, hydrates thereof, hydrides thereof, or solvates thereof.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which R 1 is H or an alkyl group such as a methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or pentyl group.
  • R 1 is H whereas in other such embodiments, R 1 is a methyl group.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which R 2 is H or an alkyl group such as a methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or pentyl group.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which at least one of R 4 , R 5 , or R 6 is a F.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which R 3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, polycyclic cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl, and aryl groups.
  • R 3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-alkylcyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,3- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,5-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,6- dialkylcyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 3-alkylcyclohexyl, 4-alkylcyclohexyl, 3,3,5-trialkylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 2-aminocyclohexyl, 3- aminocyclohexyl, 4-aminocyclohexyl, 2,3-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,4- diaminocyclohexyl, 3,4-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,5-d
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-methylcyclohexyl, 2,2- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,5- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dimethyIcyclohexyl, 3,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3- methylcyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 3,3,5- trimethylcyclohexyl, 4-f-butylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, isopinocampheyl, 7,7-dimethylnorbomyl, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl, 3-methylcycloheptyl groups, 2- fluoro-4-methylcyclohexyl, 4-fluoro-2-
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which R 1' is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • R is H and R 2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethyl benzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4- dichlorobenzyl, 3-methyl benzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2- chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
  • R 1' and R 2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • R and R 2 may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3-methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3- methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group.
  • R 1' and R 2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated heterocyclyl group comprising at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, in addition to the nitrogen atom to which R and R 2' are bound.
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazino, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, homopiperazino, or azepino group.
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a piperazino group optionally substituted by one or two methyl groups.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which R 1 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of 2,4-dihalophenylethyl, and 2,4- dialkylphenylethyl groups.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyI, 4-methoxyphenylethyl, 4- phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4-methylphenylethyl, 4- chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2- methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyI, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenyleth
  • the invention provides compounds of formula ID in which R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
  • the invention provides compounds of formula ID in which R 2 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group.
  • the invention provides compounds of formula ID in which R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, heterocyclyl group, alkylamino group, or cycloalkyl amino group.
  • R 3 is selected from substituted and unsubstituted 2-pyridyl, 3- pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrazine, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, and cyclopropylamino groups.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which R 3 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of 2,4-dihalophenylethyl, and 2,4- dialkylphenylethyl groups.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4-methoxyphenylethyl, 4- phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4-methylphenylethyl, 4- chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyI, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3-methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyIethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenyle
  • R 1 is H or is an alkyl group having from one to eight carbon atoms. In some of the embodiments described in this paragraph, R 1 is H whereas in other such embodiments R 1 is a methyl, ethyl, or propyl group.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which R 3 is a substituted alkyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryloxyalkyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxymethyl group.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -0-aryl groups where the aryl group is substituted with one or more halogen group such as with one or more CI or F.
  • the aryl group is additionally substituted with an alkoxy group such as a methoxy or ethoxy group.
  • R 3 is a -CH 2 -0-aryl group where the aryl group is selected from the group consisting of 2,4-difluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, and 2-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl groups.
  • R 3 is a heterocyclylalkyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkoxyalkyl group or a heteroarylalkoxyalkyl group.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylmethyl group.
  • the heterocyclyl group is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted 1 H-tetrazole, piperazine, piperidine, imidazole, and morpholine groups.
  • R 3 is a -CH 2 -heterocyclyl group where the heterocyclyl group is a 1 H-tetrazole, an imidazole, an N-methylpiperazine, a 4-hydroxypiperidine, a 3-hydroxypiperidine, or a morpholine.
  • R 3 is a heterocyclyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted piperazinyl group such as an N-methylpiperazinyl group, is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridine group, is a substituted or unsubstituted tetrazole group, is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group such as a 4-methylcyclohexyl group, or is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
  • R 3 is an alkoxyalkyl group such as a methoxyalkyl group or an ethoxyalkyl group.
  • R 3 is a an alkoxyalkyl group such as an alkoxymethyl group such as a methoxymethyl group.
  • the instant invention provides a fourth group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R that are low molecular weight small molecules.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups;
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CI, I, F, Br, OH, NH 2 , CN, N0 2 , and substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylamino, heteroarylamino, aminocarbonyl, aikylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heterocyclylaminocarbonyl, and heteroarylaminocarbonyl groups;
  • W is a group of formula IIA or IIB;
  • R 1' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
  • R 2' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl group;
  • R 3' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups; and
  • R 4' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • compounds provided of the fourth group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R further include prodrugs of the compounds of formula IE, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, hydrates thereof, hydrides thereof, or solvates thereof.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IE in which R 1 is H or an alkyl group such as a methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or pentyl group.
  • R 1 is H whereas in other such embodiments, R 1 is a methyl group.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IE in which at least one of R 4 , R 5 , or R 6 is a F.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IE in which R 3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, polycyclic cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl, and aryl groups.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-alkylcyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,3- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,5-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,6- dialkylcyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 3-alkylcyclohexyl, 4-alkylcyclohexyl, 3,3,5-trialkylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 2-aminocyclohexyl, 3- aminocyclohexyl, 4-aminocyclohexyl, 2,3-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,4- diaminocyclohexyl, 3,4-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,5-d
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-methylcyclohexyl, 2,2-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,5- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3- methylcyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 3,3,5- trimethylcyclohexyl, 4-f-butylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, isopinocampheyl, 7,7-dimethylnorbornyl, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl, 3-methylcycloheptyl groups, 2- fluoro-4-methylcyclohexyl, 4-fluoro-2-methyl
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IE in which R 1 is H and R 2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • R 1' is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethyl benzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4- dichlorobenzyl, 3-methyIbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyI, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2- chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
  • R 1 and R 2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • R 1' and R 2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethyl benzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3-methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3- methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group.
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated heterocyclyl group comprising at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, in addition to the nitrogen atom to which R 1 and R 2 are bound.
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazino, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, homopiperazino, or azepino group.
  • R 1 and R 2' together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a piperazino group optionally substituted by one or two methyl groups.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IE in which R 1 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of 2,4-dihalophenylethyl, and 2,4- dialkylphenylethyl groups.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4-methoxyphenylethyl, 4- phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4-methyl phenylethyl, 4- chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2- methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chloropheny
  • the invention provides compounds of formula IE in which R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
  • compositions such as a pharmaceutical formulation or medicament comprising a compound according to the instant invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the invention further provides the use of the compounds of the invention in preparing a medicament for use in treating an MC4-R mediated disease.
  • a disease is obesity or type II diabetes.
  • a disease to be treated by those methods of the instant invention is obesity or type II diabetes.
  • a compound or composition of the invention is intranasally administered.
  • a compound or composition of the invention is administered to a human subject.
  • the instant invention relates to novel classes of small molecule melanocortin-4 receptor (MC4-R) agonists. These compounds can be formulated into compositions and are useful in activating MC4-R, or in the treatment of MC4-R-mediated diseases, such as obesity, type II diabetes, erectile dysfunction, polycystic ovary disease, complications resulting from or associated with obesity and diabetes, and Syndrome X.
  • MC4-R melanocortin-4 receptor
  • Alkyl groups include straight chain and branched alkyl groups having from 1 to about 8 carbon atoms.
  • straight chain alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, and octyl groups.
  • branched alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, isopropyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, and isopentyl groups.
  • Representative substituted alkyl groups may be substituted one or more times with, for example, amino, thio, alkoxy, or halo groups such as F, CI, Br, and I groups.
  • Cycloalkyl groups are cyclic alkyl groups such as, but not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl groups. Cycloalkyl groups also includes rings that are substituted with straight or branched chain alkyl groups as defined above, and further include cycloalkyl groups that are substituted with other rings including fused rings such as, but not limited to, decalinyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, and indanyl.
  • Cycloalkyl groups also include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as, but not limited to, norbornyl, adamantyl, bornyl, camphenyl, isocamphenyl, and carenyl groups.
  • Representative substituted cycloalkyl groups may be mono- substituted or substituted more than once, such as, but not limited to, 2,2-, 2,3-, 2,4- 2,5- or 2,6-disubstituted cyclohexyl groups or mono-, di- ortri- substituted norbornyl or cycloheptyl groups, which may be substituted with, for example, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, thio, cyano, or halo groups.
  • Alkenyl groups are straight chain, branched or cyclic lower alkyl groups having 2 to about 8 carbon atoms, and further including at least one double bond, as exemplified, for instance, by vinyl, propenyl, 2-butenyl, 3- butenyl, isobutenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexadienyl, butadienyl, pentadienyl, and hexadienyl groups among others.
  • Alkynyl groups are straight chain or branched lower alkyl groups having 2 to about 8 carbon atoms, and further including at least one triple bond, as exemplified by groups, including, but not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, and butynyl groups.
  • Aryl groups are cyclic aromatic hydrocarbons that do not contain heteroatoms.
  • aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, azulene, heptalene, biphenylene, indacene, fluorene, phenanthrene, triphenylene, pyrene, naphthacene, chrysene, biphenyl, anthracenyl, and naphthenyl groups.
  • aryl groups includes groups containing fused rings, such as fused aromatic-aliphatic ring systems, it does not include aryl groups that have other groups, such as alkyl or halo groups, bonded to one of the ring members.
  • substituted aryl groups groups such as tolyl are referred to as substituted aryl groups.
  • Representative substituted aryl groups may be mono-substituted or substituted more than once, such as, but not limited to, 2- , 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-substituted phenyl or benzyl groups, which may be substituted with groups including, but not limited to, amino, alkoxy, alkyl, cyano, or halo.
  • Cycloalkylalkyl groups are alkyl groups as defined above in which a hydrogen or carbon bond of an alkyl group is replaced with a bond to a cycloalkyl group as defined above.
  • Arylalkyl groups are alkyl groups as defined above in which a hydrogen or carbon bond of an alkyl group is replaced with a bond to an aryl group as defined above.
  • Heterocyclyl groups are nonaromatic ring compounds containing
  • heterocyclyl group includes fused ring species including those comprising fused aromatic and nonaromatic groups.
  • the phrase also includes polycyclic ring systems containing a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, quinuclidyl.
  • the phrase does not include heterocyclyl groups that have other groups, such as alkyl or halo groups, bonded to one of the ring members. Rather, these are referred to as "substituted heterocyclyl groups”.
  • Heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, piperazino, morpholino, thiomorpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino and homopiperazino groups.
  • Representative substituted heterocyclyl groups may be mono-substituted or substituted more than once, such as, but not limited to, morpholino or piperazino groups, which are 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-substituted, or disubstituted with groups including, but not limited to, amino, alkoxy, alkyl, cyano, or halo.
  • Heteroaryl groups are aromatic ring compounds containing 3 or more ring members, of which, one or more is a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, N, O, and S.
  • Heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups such as furan, thiophene, pyrrole, isopyrrole, diazole, imidazole, isoimidazole, triazole, dithiole, oxathiole, isoxazole, oxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, oxadiazole, oxatriazole, dioxazole, oxathiazole, pyran, dioxin, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrazine, triazine, oxazine, isoxazine, oxathiazine, azepin, oxepin, thiepin, diazepine, benzo
  • heteroaryl groups includes fused ring compounds, the phrase does not include heteroaryl groups that have other groups bonded to one of the ring members, such as alkyl groups. Rather, heteroaryl groups with such substitution are referred to as "substituted heteroaryl groups”. Representative substituted heteroaryl groups may be substituted one or more times with groups including, but not limited to, amino, alkoxy, alkyl, cyano, or halo.
  • Heterocyclylalkyl groups are alkyl groups as defined above in which a hydrogen or carbon bond of an alkyl group is replaced with a bond to a heterocyclyl group as defined above.
  • Heteroarylalkyl groups are alkyl groups as defined above in which a hydrogen or carbon bond of an alkyl group is replaced with a bond to a heteroaryl group as defined above.
  • Aminocarbonyl groups are groups of the formula RR'NC(O)-, wherein R or R' may be the same or different, and each is independently selected from H, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl groups, as defined above.
  • substituted refers to a group as defined above in which one or more bonds to a hydrogen atom contained therein are replaced by a bond to non-hydrogen or non-carbon atoms such as, but not limited to, a halogen atom such as F, CI, Br, and I; an oxygen atom in groups such as hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, and ester groups; a sulfur atom in groups such as thiol groups, alkyl and aryl sulfide groups, sulfone groups, sulfonyl groups, and sulfoxide groups; a nitrogen atom in groups such as amines, amides, alkylamines, dialkylamines, arylamines, alkylarylamines, diarylamines, N-oxides, imides, and enamines; a silicon atom in groups such as in trialkylsilyl groups, dialkylarylsilyl groups, al
  • Substituted alkyl groups and also substituted cycloalkyl groups and others also include groups in which one or more bonds to a carbon(s) or hydrogen(s) atom is replaced by a bond to a heteroatom such as oxygen in carbonyl, carboxyl, and ester groups; nitrogen in groups such as imines, oximes, hydrazones, and nitriles.
  • Substituted cycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heterocyclyl and substituted heteroaryl also include rings and fused ring systems in which a bond to a hydrogen atom is replaced with a bond to a carbon atom. Therefore, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heterocyclyl and substituted heteroaryl groups may also be substituted with alkyl groups as defined above.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include a salt with an inorganic base, organic base, inorganic acid, organic acid, or basic or acidic amino acid.
  • the invention includes, for example, alkali metals such as sodium or potassium, alkali earth metals such as calcium and magnesium or aluminum, and ammonia.
  • the invention includes, for example, trimethylamine, triethylamine, pyridine, picoline, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine.
  • the instant invention includes, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydroboric acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, and phosphoric acid.
  • the instant invention includes, for example, formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, fumaric acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, maleic acid, citric acid, succinic acid, malic acid, methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, and p-toluenesulfonic acid.
  • salts of basic amino acids the instant invention includes, for example, arginine, lysine and ornithine.
  • Acidic amino acids include, for example, aspartic acid and glutamic acid.
  • protected with respect to hydroxyl groups, amine groups, and sulfhydryl groups refers to forms of these functionalities which are protected from undesirable reaction with a protecting group known to those skilled in the art such as those set forth in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Greene, T.W.; Wuts, P. G. M., John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, (3rd Edition, 1999) which can be added or removed using the procedures set forth therein.
  • Examples of protected hydroxyl groups include, but are not limited to, silyl ethers such as those obtained by reaction of a hydroxyl group with a reagent such as, but not limited to, t-butyldimethyl-chlorosilane, trimethylchlorosilane, triisopropylchlorosilane, triethylchlorosilane; substituted methyl and ethyl ethers such as, but not limited to methoxymethyl ether, methythiomethyl ether, benzyloxymethyl ether, t-butoxymethyl ether, 2- methoxyethoxymethyl ether, tetrahydropyranyl ethers, 1 -ethoxyethyl ether, allyl ether, benzyl ether; esters such as, but not limited to, benzoylformate, formate, acetate, trichloroacetate, and trifluoracetate.
  • a reagent such as, but not
  • protected amine groups include, but are not limited to, amides such as, formamide, acetamide, trifluoroacetamide, and benzamide; imides, such as phthalimide, and dithiosuccinimide; and others.
  • protected sulfhydryl groups include, but are not limited to, thioethers such as S-benzyl thioether, and S-4- picolyl thioether; substituted S-methyl derivatives such as hemithio, dithio and aminothio acetals; and others.
  • Prodrugs as used in the context of the instant invention, includes those derivatives of the instant compounds which undergo in vivo metabolic biotransformation, by enzymatic or nonenzymatic processes, such as hydrolysis, to form a compound of the invention.
  • Prodrugs can be employed to improve pharmaceutical or biological properties, as for example solubility, melting point, stability and related physicochemical properties, absorption, pharmacodynamics and other delivery-related properties.
  • the instant invention provides potent and specific agonists of
  • the invention provides compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC.
  • Compounds of the invention further include prodrugs of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, hydrates thereof, hydrides thereof, or solvates thereof.
  • Z 1 is selected from the group consisting of CR 4 and N. In some embodiments of the compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, Z 1 is a CR 4 group whereas in other embodiments, Z 1 is a N.
  • Z 2 is selected from the group consisting of CR 5 and N. In some embodiments of the compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, Z 2 is a CR 5 group whereas in other embodiments, Z 2 is a N.
  • Z 3 is selected from the group consisting of CR 6 and N. In some embodiments of the compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, Z 3 is a CR 6 group whereas in other embodiments, Z 3 is a N. [0091] In some embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC,
  • Z 1 is a CR 4 group
  • Z 2 is a CR 5 group
  • Z 3 is a CR 6 group.
  • the ring that includes Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 3 may be a carbocyclic aromatic ring.
  • Z 1 is a CR 4 group
  • Z 2 is a CR 5 group
  • Z 3 is a CR 6 group
  • at least one of R 4 , R 5 , or R 6 is a halogen such as CI or F.
  • at least one of R 4 , R 5 , or R 6 is a F.
  • At least one of Z 1 , Z 2 , or Z 3 is a N.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups.
  • R 1 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group.
  • R 1 is selected from 2,4-dihalophenylethyl and 2,4-diaIkylphenylethyl groups.
  • R 1 is selected from the group that includes phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4- methoxyphenylethyl, 4-phenoxyphenyIethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4- methylphenylethyl, 4-chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethy
  • the invention provides compounds of formula IA, IB and IC in which R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcarbonyl, and arylcarbonyl groups.
  • R 2 is H.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups.
  • R 3 is H.
  • the invention provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, heterocyclyl group, alkylamino group, or cycloalkyl amino group.
  • R 3 is selected from substituted and unsubstituted 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrazine, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, and cyclopropylamino groups.
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CI, I, F, Br, OH, NH 2 , CN, N0 2 , and substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylamino, heteroarylamino, aminocarbonyl, aikylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heterocyclylaminocarbonyl, and heteroarylaminocarbonyl groups.
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are selected from H or a halogen such as CI or F. In other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, at least one of R 4 , R 5 , or R 6 is a F whereas in other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are all H.
  • W is a group of formula
  • R 1' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups.
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both bound, may alternatively form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl group.
  • R 1' is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • R 1' is H and R 2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3- chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3-methyl benzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3- methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
  • R 1' and R 2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3-methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4- fluorobenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group.
  • R 1 and R 2' together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated heterocyclyl group comprising at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, in addition to the nitrogen atom to which R 1 and R 2 are bound.
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring containing at least two nitrogen atoms.
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring containing at least one oxygen atom and one nitrogen atom.
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazino, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, homopiperazino, or azepino group.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups.
  • R 3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, polycyclic cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl, and aryl groups.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-alkylcycIohexyl, 2,2-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,3- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,5-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,6- dialkylcyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 3-alkylcyclohexyl, 4-alkylcyclohexyl, 3,3,5-trialkylcyclohexyl, cyclohexyl methyl, 2-aminocyclohexyl, 3- aminocyclohexyl, 4-aminocyclohexyl, 2,3-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,4- diaminocyclohexyl, 3,4-diaminocyclohexyl
  • R 3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-methylcyclohexyl, 2,2- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,5- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3- methylcyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 3,3,5- trimethylcyclohexyl, 4-f-butylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, isopinocampheyl, 7,7-dimethylnorbornyl, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl, 3-methylcycloheptyl groups, 2- fluoro-4-methylcyclohexyl, 4-fluoro
  • R 4' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • R 4' is H.
  • the compounds of formula IA are selected from the group consisting of compounds having the formula IIIA, IIIB, INC, MID, HIE, HIF, and IIIG such as shown below where R 1 , W, R 1' , R 2' , R 3' , and R 4 have the same values as those described above with respect to the compounds and various embodiments of formula IA, IB, and IC.
  • the compounds of formula IB are selected from the group consisting of compounds having the formula IVA and IVB such as shown below where R 1 , W, R 1' , R 2' , R 3 , and R 4' have the same values as those described above with respect to the compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC.
  • the instant invention provides a second group of compounds that are potent and specific agonists of MC4-R that are low molecular weight small molecules.
  • the invention provides a second group of compounds of formula IA and IC.
  • Compounds of the invention further include prodrugs of compounds of formula I A and IC, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, hydrates thereof, hydrides thereof, or solvates thereof.
  • Z 1 is selected from the group consisting of CR 4 and N. In some embodiments of the second compounds of formula IA and IC, Z 1 is a CR 4 group whereas in other embodiments, Z 1 is a N.
  • Z 2 is selected from the group consisting of CR 5 and N. In some embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, Z 2 is a CR 5 group whereas in other embodiments, Z 2 is a N.
  • Z 3 is selected from the group consisting of CR 6 and N. In some embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, Z 3 is a CR 6 group whereas in other embodiments, Z 3 is a N.
  • Z 1 is a CR 4 group
  • Z 2 is a CR 5 group
  • Z 3 is a CR 6 group.
  • the ring that includes Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 3 may be a carbocyclic aromatic ring.
  • Z 1 is a CR 4 group
  • Z 2 is a CR 5 group
  • Z 3 is a CR 6 group
  • at least one of R 4 , R 5 , or R 6 is a halogen such as CI or F.
  • at least one of R 4 , R 5 , or R 6 is a F.
  • At least one of Z 1 , Z 2 , or Z 3 is a N.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups.
  • R 1 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group.
  • R 1 is selected from 2,4- dihalophenylethyl and 2,4-dialkylphenylethyl groups.
  • R 1 is selected from the group that includes phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4- methoxyphenylethyl, 4-phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenyIethyl, 4- methylphenylethyl, 4-chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chIorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-
  • R 1 is a H or is an alkyl group having from one to eight carbon atoms. In some such embodiments, R 1 is H whereas in other such embodiments, R 1 is a methyl, ethyl, or propyl group. In some such embodiments, R 1 is a methyl group.
  • the invention provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
  • R 3 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group. In other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R 3 is selected from 2,4-dihalophenylethyl and 2,4-dialkylphenylethyl groups.
  • R 3 is selected from the group that includes phenylethyl, 2,4- dichlorophenylethyl, 4-methoxyphenylethyl, 4-phenoxyphenylethyl, 4- bromophenylethyl, 4-methylphenylethyI, 4-chlorophenylethyl, 4- ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyl, 2- chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3-methoxyphenylethyl, 3- fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4- dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methyl phenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophen
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryloxyalkyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxymethyl group.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -0-aryl groups where the aryl group is substituted with one or more halogen group such as with one or more CI or F. In some such embodiments, the aryl group is additionally substituted with an alkoxy group such as a methoxy or ethoxy group. In some embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R 3 is a -CH 2 -0-aryl group where the aryl group is selected from the group consisting of 2,4-difluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl,
  • R 3 is a heterocyclylalkyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkoxyalkyl group or a heteroarylalkoxyalkyl group.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylmethyl group.
  • the heterocyclyl group is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted 1 H-tetrazole, piperazine, piperidine, imidazole, and morpholine groups.
  • R 3 is a -CH 2 -heterocyclyl group where the heterocyclyl group is a 1 H-tetrazole, an imidazole, an N-methylpiperazine, a 4-hydroxypiperidine, a 3-hydroxypiperidine, or a morpholine.
  • R 3 is a heterocyclyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted piperazinyl group such as an N-methylpiperazinyl group, is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridine group, is a substituted or unsubstituted tetrazole group, is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group such as a 4-methylcyclohexyl group, or is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
  • R 3 is an alkoxyalkyl group such as a methoxyalkyl group or an ethoxyalkyl group.
  • R 3 is a an alkoxyalkyl group such as an alkoxymethyl group such as a methoxymethyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
  • the invention provides compounds in which R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, heterocyclyl group, alkylamino group, or cycloalkyl amino group.
  • R 3 is selected from substituted and unsubstituted 2-pyridyl, 3- pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrazine, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, and cyclopropylamino groups
  • R 1 is an arylalkyl group such as those described above for R 3 .
  • R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenylethyl group and R 3 is an alkyl group such as a methyl group.
  • R 1 is an alkyl group such as a methyl group and R 3 is selected from substituted aryloxyalkyl groups, phenylaminoalkyl groups or groups of -LR 7 where R 7 is a group formula IIC.
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CI, I, F, Br, OH, NH 2 , CN, N0 2 , and substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylamino, heteroarylamino, aminocarbonyl, aikylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heterocyclylaminocarbonyl, and heteroarylaminocarbonyl groups.
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are selected from H or a halogen such as CI or F. In other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, at least one of R 4 , R 5 , or R 6 is a F whereas in other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are all H.
  • W is a group of formula IIA or IIB having the following structure.
  • R is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups.
  • R and R 2' together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both bound, may alternatively form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl group.
  • R 1' is H and R 2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • R 1 is H and R 2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4- dichiorobenzyl, 3-methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2- chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
  • R 1' and R 2 may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3- methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group.
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated heterocyclyl group comprising at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, in addition to the nitrogen atom to which R and R 2' are bound.
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring containing at least two nitrogen atoms.
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring containing at least one oxygen atom and one nitrogen atom.
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazino, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, homopiperazino, or azepino group.
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a piperazino group optionally substituted by one or two alkyl groups or in one embodiment by one or two methyl groups.
  • R 3' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups.
  • R 3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, polycyclic cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl, and aryl groups.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-alkylcyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,4- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,5-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dialkylcyclohexyl, 3,4- dialkylcyclohexyl, 3-alkylcyclohexyl, 4-alkylcyclohexyl, 3,3,5-trialkylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 2-aminocyclohexyl, 3-aminocyclohexyl, 4-aminocyclohexyl, 2,3-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,4-diaminocyclohexyI, 3,4-diaminocyclohex
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2- methylcyclohexyl, 2,2-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,4- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,5-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3,4- dimethylcyclohexyl, 3-methylcyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexyl, 4-f-butylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, isopinocampheyl, 7,7-dimethylnorbornyl, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl, 3- methylcycloheptyl groups, 2-fluoro-4-methylcyclohexyl, 4-fluoro
  • suitable R 3' cycloalkyl, cyclohexyl, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups that include fluorine include, but are not limited to, the structures set forth above with respect to the first group of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • R 4 is H.
  • L is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, -CH 2 -, -0-, -S-, and -NH-.
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted arylaminoalkyl, aryl, and aryloxyalkyl groups or is selected from a group of formula IIC;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of CH 2 , O, S, and NR 9 where R 9 .
  • R 9 is an NR 9 group and in some such embodiments, m is 1.
  • R 9 is an alkyl group such as a methyl group or is a H.
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of H, a halogen, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkylaminoalkyl, heterocyclyl, alkoxy, carbonyl, and aminocarbonyl groups.
  • m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1 , and 2. In some embodiments, m is 1.
  • the instant invention provides a third group of compounds that are potent and specific agonists of MC4-R that are low molecular weight small molecules.
  • the invention provides a third group of compounds of formula ID.
  • Compounds of the invention further include prodrugs of compounds of formula ID, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, hydrates thereof, hydrides thereof, or solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of formula ID have the following structure.
  • At least one of R 4 , R 5 , or R 6 is a halogen such as CI or F. In other such embodiments, at least one of R 4 , R 5 , or R 6 is a F.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups.
  • R 1 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group.
  • R is selected from 2,4-dihalophenylethyl and 2,4- dialkylphenylethyl groups.
  • R 1 is selected from the group that includes phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4-methoxyphenylethyl, 4- phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4-methylphenylethyl, 4- chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2- methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenyIeth
  • R 1 is a H or is an alkyl group having from one to eight carbon atoms. In some such embodiments, R 1 is H whereas in other such embodiments, R is a methyl, ethyl, or propyl group. In some such embodiments, R 1 is a methyl group.
  • the invention provides compounds of formula ID in which R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
  • R 2 is -H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group.
  • R 3 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group.
  • R 3 is selected from 2,4-dihalophenylethyl and 2,4-dialkylphenylethyl groups.
  • R 3 is selected from the group that includes phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4- methoxyphenylethyl, 4-phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4- methylphenylethyl, 4-chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenyleth
  • R 3 has any of the values described in this paragraph, and R 1 or R 2 is H or is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group. In some such embodiments, R 1 is H. In other such embodiments, R 2 is H.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryloxyalkyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxymethyl group.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -0-aryl groups where the aryl group is substituted with one or more halogen group such as with one or more CI or F.
  • the aryl group is additionally substituted with an alkoxy group such as a methoxy or ethoxy group.
  • R 3 is a -CH 2 -0-aryl group where the aryl group is selected from the group consisting of 2,4-difluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, and 2-chloro-4-methoxyphenyI groups.
  • R 3 is a heterocyclylalkyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkoxyalkyl group or a heteroarylalkoxyalkyl group.
  • the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylmethyl group.
  • the heterocyclyl group is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted 1 H-tetrazole, piperazine, piperidine, imidazole, and morpholine groups.
  • R 3 is a -CH 2 -heterocyclyl group where the heterocyclyl group is a 1 H-tetrazole, an imidazole, an N-methylpiperazine, a 4-hydroxypiperidine, a 3-hydroxypiperidine, or a morpholine.
  • R 3 is a heterocyclyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted piperazinyl group such as an N-methylpiperazinyl group, is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridine group, is a substituted or unsubstituted tetrazole group, is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group such as a 4-methylcyclohexyl group, or is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
  • R 3 is an alkoxyalkyl group such as a methoxyalkyl group or an ethoxyalkyl group.
  • R 3 is a an alkoxyalkyl group such as an alkoxymethyl group such as a methoxymethyl group.
  • R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
  • the invention provides compounds in which R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, heterocyclyl group, alkylamino group, or cycloalkyl amino group.
  • R 3 is selected from substituted and unsubstituted 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrazine, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, and cyclopropylamino groups.
  • R 1 is an arylalkyl group such as those described above for R 3 .
  • R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenylethyl group and R 3 is an alkyl group such as a methyl group.
  • R 1 is an alkyl group such as a methyl group and R 3 is selected from substituted aryloxyalkyl groups, phenylaminoalkyl groups or groups of -LR 7 where R 7 is a group formula IIC.
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CI, I, F, Br, OH, NH2, CN, N0 2 , and substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylamino, heteroarylamino, aminocarbonyl, aikylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heterocyclylaminocarbonyl, and heteroarylaminocarbonyl groups.
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are selected from H or a halogen such as CI or F. In other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, at least one of R 4 , R 5 , or R 6 is a F whereas in other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are all H.
  • W is a group of formula IIA or IIB having the following structure.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups
  • R 2' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups.
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both bound, may alternatively form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl group.
  • R 1' is H and R 2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • R 1 is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3- methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
  • R 1' and R 2 may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • R 1 and R 2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3-methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3- methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
  • R 1 and R 2' together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group.
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated heterocyclyl group comprising at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, in addition to the nitrogen atom to which R 1' and R 2' are bound.
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring containing at least two nitrogen atoms.
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a piperazino group optionally substituted by one or two alkyl groups or in one embodiment by one or two methyl groups.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups.
  • R 3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, polycyclic cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl, and aryl groups.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-alkylcyclohexyl, 2,2- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,5- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dialkylcyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 3- alkylcyclohexyl, 4-alkylcyclohexyl, 3,3,5-trialkylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 2-aminocyclohexyl, 3-aminocyclohexyl, 4-aminocyclohexyl, 2,3- diaminocyclohexyl, 2,4-diaminocyclohexyl, 3,4-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,5
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-methylcyclohexyl, 2,2- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,5- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3- methylcyclohexyl, 4-methylcycIohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 3,3,5- trimethylcyclohexyl, 4-f-butylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, isopinocampheyl, 7,7-dimethylnorbornyl, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl, 3-methylcycloheptyl groups, 2- fluoro-4-methylcyclohexyi, 4-fluoro-2-
  • suitable R 3' cycloalkyl, cyclohexyl, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups that include fluorine include, but are not limited to, the structures set forth above with respect to the first group of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • R 4 is H.
  • L is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, -CH 2 -, -0-, -S-, and -NH-.
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted arylaminoalkyl, aryl, and aryloxyalkyl groups or is selected from a group of formula IIC;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of CH 2 , O, S, and NR 9 where R 9 .
  • R 9 is an NR 9 group and in some such embodiments, m is 1.
  • R 9 is an alkyl group such as a methyl group or is a H.
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of H, a halogen, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkylaminoalkyl, heterocyclyl, alkoxy, carbonyl, and aminocarbonyl groups.
  • m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1 , and 2. In some embodiments, m is 1.
  • the instant invention provides a fourth group of compounds that are potent and specific agonists of MC4-R that are low molecular weight small molecules.
  • the invention provides a fourth group of compounds of formula IE.
  • Compounds of the invention further include prodrugs of compounds of formula IE, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, hydrates thereof, hydrides thereof, or solvates thereof.
  • At least one of R 4 , R 5 , or R 6 is a halogen such as CI or F. In other such embodiments, at least one of R 4 , R 5 , or R 6 is a F.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups.
  • R 1 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group.
  • R is selected from 2,4-dihalophenylethyl and 2,4- dialkylphenylethyl groups.
  • R 1 is selected from the group that includes phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4-methoxyphenylethyl, 4- phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4-methylphenylethyl, 4- chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2- methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenyleth
  • R 1 is a H or is an alkyl group having from one to eight carbon atoms. In some such embodiments, R 1 is H whereas in other such embodiments, R 1 is a methyl, ethyl, or propyl group. In some such embodiments, R 1 is a methyl group.
  • the invention provides compounds of formula IE in which R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
  • R 1 is H or is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group. In some such embodiments, R 1 is H.
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CI, I, F, Br, OH, NH 2 , CN, N0 2 , and substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylamino, heteroarylamino, aminocarbonyl, aikylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heterocyclylaminocarbonyl, and heteroarylaminocarbonyl groups.
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are selected from H or a halogen such as CI or F. In other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, at least one of R 4 , R 5 , or R 6 is a F whereas in other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are all H.
  • W is a group of formula IIA or IIB having the following structure.
  • R 1' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups
  • R 2' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups.
  • R 1' and R 2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both bound, may alternatively form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl group.
  • R 1' is H and R 2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • R 1' is H and R 2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3- methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
  • R 1' and R 2 may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • R 1' and R 2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3-methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3- methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group.
  • R 1' and R 2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated heterocyclyl group comprising at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, in addition to the nitrogen atom to which R 1' and R 2' are bound.
  • R 1 and R 2' together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring containing at least two nitrogen atoms.
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring containing at least one oxygen atom and one nitrogen atom.
  • R 1' and R 2' together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazino, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, homopiperazino, or azepino group.
  • R 3' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, polycyclic cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl, and aryl groups.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-alkylcyclohexyl, 2,2- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,5- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dialkylcyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 3- alkylcyclohexyl, 4-alkylcyclohexyl, 3,3,5-trialkylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 2-aminocyclohexyl, 3-aminocyclohexyl, 4-aminocyclohexyl, 2,3- diaminocyclohexyl, 2,4-diaminocycIohexyl, 3,4-diaminocyclohexyl,
  • R 3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-methylcyclohexyl, 2,2-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,5- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dimethylcycIohexyl, 3,4-dimethylcycIohexyl, 3- methylcyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 3,3,5- trimethylcyclohexyl, 4-.-butylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, isopinocampheyl, 7,7-dimethylnorbornyl, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl, 3-methylcycloheptyl groups, 2- fluoro-4-methylcyclohexyl,
  • suitable R 3 cycloalkyl, cyclohexyl, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups that include fluorine include, but are not limited to, the structures set forth above with respect to the first group of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
  • R 4 is H.
  • the heterocyclic group is substituted with a -CN group, an -OH group, a -CF 3 group, a -CH 2 F group, a -CHF 2 group, a -CH 2 CN group, a -CH20H group, a - CH 2 0-alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopropyl group.
  • the heterocyclic compound is a piperidine or a piperazine.
  • R and R 2' join together with the nitrogen to which they are bound to form a piperazine in which the N atom in the piperazine ring which is not part of the guanidine group is substituted with a -C ⁇ N group, an - OH group, a -CH CN group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the heterocycle is a bicyclic structure that includes a spirocenter such that the heterocyclic ring is part of a spirocyclic structure.
  • the heterocyclic ring is substituted such that a ring carbon atom of the heterocyclic ring is a carbonyl carbon or the carbon of the heterocyclic ring is replaced with a sulfur that is bonded to one or more oxygen atoms.
  • R 1' and R 2' join together with the nitrogen to which they are bound to form a piperazine ring in which one of the ring carbon atoms is a carbonyl carbon atom such that the piperazine compound is a lactam which may be further substituted, for example, with an alkyl group such as a methyl group.
  • compositions such as a pharmaceutical formulation or medicament comprising a compound according to the instant invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the invention further provides the use of the compounds of the invention in preparing a medicament such as a medicament for use in treating an MC4-R mediated disease.
  • a disease is obesity or type II diabetes.
  • a method of activating MC4-R in a subject comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound or composition of the instant invention.
  • the compound or composition is administered to the subject intranasally.
  • the subject is human.
  • a method of treating an MC4-R-mediated disease comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a compound or composition of the instant invention.
  • the compound or composition is administered to the subject intranasally.
  • the subject is human
  • a disease to be treated by those methods of the instant invention is obesity, or type I or type II diabetes.
  • a condition to be treated by those methods of the instant invention is a condition associated with or a complication arising from obesity or type II diabetes.
  • a condition to be treated by those methods of the instant invention is erectile dysfunction.
  • a disease to be treated by those methods of the instant invention is polycystic ovary disease.
  • a disease to be treated by those methods of the instant invention is Syndrome X.
  • the invention also includes tautomers of the instant compounds.
  • the instant invention also includes prodrugs, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, hydrates, hydrides, and solvates of these tautomers.
  • the instant compounds may exist as one or more stereoisomers.
  • the various stereoisomers include enantiomers, diastereomers, atropisomers and geometric isomers.
  • one stereoisomer may be more active and/or may exhibit beneficial effects in comparison to other stereoisomer(s) or when separated from the other stereoisomer(s).
  • stereoisomers of the instant invention necessarily includes mixtures of stereoisomers, individual stereoisomers, or optically active forms.
  • compositions which may be prepared by mixing one or more compounds of the instant invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or tautomers thereof, with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, binders, diluents or the like, to treat or ameliorate a variety of disorders.
  • disorders include, but are not limited to obesity, erectile disorders, cardiovascular disorders, neuronal injuries or disorders, inflammation, fever, cognitive disorders, sexual behavior disorders.
  • a therapeutically effective dose further refers to that amount of one or more compounds of the instant invention sufficient to result in amelioration of symptoms of the disorder.
  • compositions of the instant invention can be manufactured by methods well known in the art such as conventional granulating, mixing, dissolving, encapsulating, lyophilizing, emulsifying or levigating processes, among others.
  • the compositions can be in the form of, for example, granules, powders, tablets, capsules, syrup, suppositories, injections, emulsions, elixirs, suspensions or solutions.
  • compositions can be formulated for various routes of administration, for example, by oral administration, by intranasal administration, by transmucosal administration, by rectal administration, or subcutaneous administration as well as intrathecal, intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intranasal, intraocular or intraventricular injection.
  • the compound or compounds of the instant invention can also be administered in a local rather than a systemic fashion, such as injection as a sustained release formulation.
  • the following dosage forms are given by way of example and should not be construed as limiting the instant invention.
  • powders, suspensions, granules, tablets, pills, capsules, gelcaps, and caplets are acceptable as solid dosage forms. These can be prepared, for example, by mixing one or more compounds of the instant invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or tautomers thereof, with at least one additive or excipient such as a starch or other additive.
  • Suitable additives or excipients are sucrose, lactose, cellulose sugar, mannitol, maltitol, dextran, sorbitol, starch, agar, alginates, chitins, chitosans, pectins, tragacanth gum, gum arabic, gelatins, collagens, casein, albumin, synthetic or semi-synthetic polymers or glycerides, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone.
  • oral dosage forms can contain other ingredients to aid in administration, such as an inactive diluent, or lubricants such as magnesium stearate, or preservatives such as paraben or sorbic acid, or anti-oxidants such as ascorbic acid, tocopherol or cysteine, a disintegrating agent, binders, a thickeners, buffers, a sweeteners, flavoring agents or perfuming agents. Additionally, dyestuffs or pigments may be added for identification. Tablets and pills may be further treated with suitable coating materials known in the art.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration may be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, syrups, elixirs, suspensions, slurries and solutions, which may contain an inactive diluent, such as water.
  • Pharmaceutical formulations may be prepared as liquid suspensions or solutions using a sterile liquid, such as, but not limited to, an oil, water, an alcohol, and combinations of these.
  • Pharmaceutically suitable surfactants, suspending agents, emulsifying agents may be added for oral or parenteral administration.
  • suspensions may include oils.
  • oils include, but are not limited to, peanut oil, sesame oil, cottonseed oil, corn oil and olive oil.
  • Suspension preparation may also contain esters of fatty acids such as ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, fatty acid glycerides and acetylated fatty acid glycerides.
  • Suspension formulations may include alcohols, such as, but not limited to, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, hexadecyl alcohol, glycerol and propylene glycol.
  • Ethers such as but not limited to, poly(ethyleneglycol), petroleum hydrocarbons such as mineral oil and petrolatum; and water may also be used in suspension formulations.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations may be a solution, a spray, a dry powder, or aerosol containing any appropriate solvents and optionally other compounds such as, but not limited to, stabilizers, antimicrobial agents, antioxidants, pH modifiers, surfactants, bioavailability modifiers and combinations of these.
  • examples of intranasal formulations and methods of administration can be found in WO 01/41782, WO 00/33813, WO 91/97947, U.S. Patent No. 6,180,603, and U.S. Patent No. 5,624,898.
  • a propellant for an aerosol formulation may include compressed air, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or a hydrocarbon based low boiling solvent.
  • the compound or compounds of the instant invention are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from a nebulizer or the like.
  • Injectable dosage forms generally include aqueous suspensions or oil suspensions which may be prepared using a suitable dispersant or wetting agent and a suspending agent. Injectable forms may be in solution phase or in the form of a suspension, which is prepared with a solvent or diluent. Acceptable solvents or vehicles include sterilized water, Ringer's solution, or an isotonic aqueous saline solution. Alternatively, sterile oils may be employed as solvents or suspending agents.
  • the oil or fatty acid is non-volatile, including natural or synthetic oils, fatty acids, mono-, di- or tri-glycerides.
  • the pharmaceutical formulation may be a powder suitable for reconstitution with an appropriate solution as described above. Examples of these include, but are not limited to, freeze dried, rotary dried or spray dried powders, amorphous powders, granules, precipitates, or particulates.
  • the formulations may optionally contain stabilizers, pH modifiers, surfactants, bioavailability modifiers and combinations of these.
  • the compounds may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection such as by bolus injection or continuous infusion.
  • a unit dosage form for injection may be in ampoules or in multi-dose containers.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations may be in the form of a suppository, an ointment, an enema, a tablet or a cream for release of compound in the intestines, sigmoid flexure and/or rectum.
  • Rectal suppositories are prepared by mixing one or more compounds of the instant invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or tautomers of the compound, with acceptable vehicles, for example, cocoa butter or polyethylene glycol, which is present in a solid phase at normal storing temperatures, and present in a liquid phase at those temperatures suitable to release a drug inside the body, such as in the rectum. Oils may also be employed in the preparation of formulations of the soft gelatin type and suppositories.
  • suspension formulations which may also contain suspending agents such as pectins, carbomers, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose or carboxymethyl cellulose, as well as buffers and preservatives.
  • suspending agents such as pectins, carbomers, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose or carboxymethyl cellulose, as well as buffers and preservatives.
  • excipients and carriers are generally known to those skilled in the art and are thus included in the instant invention. Such excipients and carriers are described, for example, in "Remingtons Pharmaceutical Sciences” Mack Pub. Co., New Jersey (1991 ), which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the formulations of the invention may be designed for to be short-acting, fast-releasing, long-acting, and sustained-releasing as described below.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations may also be formulated for controlled release or for slow release.
  • compositions may also comprise, for example, micelles or liposomes, or some other encapsulated form, or may be administered in an extended release form to provide a prolonged storage and/or delivery effect. Therefore, the pharmaceutical formulations may be compressed into pellets or cylinders and implanted intramuscularly or subcutaneously as depot injections or as implants such as stents. Such implants may employ known inert materials such as silicones and biodegradable polymers.
  • a therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of the compound that results in amelioration of symptoms. Specific dosages may be adjusted depending on conditions of disease, the age, body weight, general health conditions, sex, diet of the subject, dose intervals, administration routes, excretion rate, and combinations of drugs.
  • a therapeutically effective dose may vary depending upon the route of administration and dosage form.
  • the preferred compound or compounds of the instant invention is a formulation that exhibits a high therapeutic index.
  • the therapeutic index is the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects which can be expressed as the ratio between LD 5 o and ED 0 .
  • the LD 5 o is the dose lethal to 50% of the population and the ED 50 is the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population.
  • the LD 50 and ED 50 are determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in animal cell cultures or experimental animals.
  • the present invention also provides methods of enhancing
  • MC4-R activity in a human or non-human animal comprises administering an effective amount of a compound, or composition, of the instant invention to said mammal or non-human animal.
  • Effective amounts of the compounds of the instant invention include those amounts that activate MC4-R which are detectable, for example, by an assay described below in the illustrative Examples, or any other assay known by those skilled in the art that a detect signal transduction, in a biochemical pathway, through activation of G-protein coupled receptors, for example, by measuring an elevated cAMP level as compared to a control model. Accordingly, "activating" means the ability of a compound to initiate a detectable signal. Effective amounts may also include those amounts which alleviate symptoms of a MC4-R disorder treatable by activating MC4-R.
  • An MC4-R disorder, or MC4-R-mediated disease which may be treated by those methods provided, include any biological disorder or disease in which MC4-R is implicated, or which inhibition of MC4-R potentiates a biochemical pathway that is defective in the disorder or disease state.
  • diseases are obesity, erectile disorders, cardiovascular disorders, neuronal injuries or disorders, inflammation, fever, cognitive disorders, type II diabetes, polycystic ovary disease, Syndrome X, complications from obesity and diabetes, and sexual behavior disorders.
  • the instant invention provides compounds, compositions, and methods effective for reducing energy intake and body weight; reducing serum insulin and glucose levels; alleviating insulin resistance; and reducing serum levels of free fatty acids. Accordingly, the instant invention is particularly effective in treating those disorders or diseases associated with obesity or type II diabetes.
  • Treating within the context of the instant invention, therefore, means an alleviation of symptoms associated with a disorder or disease, or halt of further progression or worsening of those symptoms, or prevention or prophylaxis of the disease or disorder.
  • successful treatment may include an alleviation of symptoms or halting the progression of the disease, as measured by reduction in body weight, or a reduction in amount of food or energy intake.
  • successful treatment of type I or type II diabetes may include an alleviation of symptoms or halting the progression of the disease, as measured by a decrease in serum glucose or insulin levels in, for example, hyperinsulinemic or hyperglycemic patients.
  • IIIA, IIIB, HIF, and IIIG may be prepared using the methodology shown in Scheme 1 b using an appropriately substituted pyridine, pyrazine, or pyrimidine carboxylic acid, for example 2-amino-6-azido-nicotinic acid, shown in (b).
  • the conversion of compound (d) to (e), described in further detail in Procedure 1A, proceeds through the initial addition of trimethylphosphine to form a reactive iminophosphorane intermediate, followed by the addition of a substituted isocyanate (preferably by a substituted carbocycle isocyanate) to produce a carbodiimide, and finally formation of (e) occurs upon reaction with an amine (preferably a substituted piperazine).
  • Compounds of formula IA may also be prepared using the general synthetic methodology set forth in Scheme 2a. This methodology is also suitable for preparing compounds of formula IC by using a benzoic acid with the nitro group in the correct position.
  • Scheme 2c shows an alternative route that may be used to prepare various compounds of formula IA. This route may also be used to prepare compound of formula IC if a starting material is used with a nitro group in the appropriate position as will be readily observed by those skilled in the art.
  • the invention provides various methods for synthesizing compounds of formula IA and IC, various intermediate compounds, and salts of the compounds and intermediate compounds.
  • a method for producing a compound having the formula VA is provided where R 1 , R 3 , Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 have any of the values described above with respect to compounds of formula IA and embodiments of compounds of formula IA, and Y 1 is selected from the group consisting of NO 2 , a protected amine group, a halogen such as CI, F, Br, or I, an -NCS, and an N 3 group.
  • R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl group.
  • R 3 is H.
  • Y 1 is selected from a F, N0 2 , or an N 3 group.
  • R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl group, R 3 is H, and Y 1 is selected from a F, NO 2 , or an N 3 group.
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 3 are each carbon atoms and R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are each H.
  • a method for preparing a compound of formula VA typically includes cyclizing a compound of formula VB by reacting it with an electrophilic carbon bearing an R 3 group such as a trialkyl orthoformate such as triethyl orthoformate, trimethyl orthoformate or the like where the R 3 is a H; Gold's Reagent; a substituted or unsubstituted alkanoyl halide such as acetyl chloride where R 3 is a methyl group; a substituted or unsubstituted alkanoic acid in the presence of an acid halide producing agent such as thionyl chloride, POCI 3 , various phosphorous halides, and the like (e.g.
  • the variables may have any of the same values as described above with respect to compounds of formula VA.
  • the method of forming a compound of formula VA may include reacting a compound of formula VC with an amine of formula R 1 -NH 2 to produce the compound of formula VB using standard amide-forming procedures and where R 1 has any of the values of the compounds of formula VA and VB and the variables in the compound of VC have the values of compounds of formula VA and VB and Y 2 is a hydroxyl group or is an equivalent thereof.
  • Compounds of formula VC have the following formula.
  • Scheme 2a An alternative method for synthesizing compounds of formula IA is shown in Scheme 2a.
  • Such a method generally includes reacting a compound of formula VC with an amine of formula R 1 -NH 2 and an electrophilic carbon bearing an R 3 group such as a carboxylic acid of formula R 3 -C0 2 H.
  • Compounds of formula IE may be prepared from compounds of formula VB where Y 1 is a N0 2 group by reacting the compound with NaN0 2 as described in Method 6 to produce the analogs of compounds of formula VA which may then be converted to the compounds of formula IE from the compounds where Y 1 is an -N 3 group or is an -NCS group.
  • Compounds of formula IB may be produced from compounds of formula VB by reacting the compound of formula VB with phosgene or an equivalent thereof as described in Step 2 of Example 2 and subsequent conversion to the guanidine compounds from the N 3 or -NCS compounds using the standard procedures. Finally, compounds of formula ID may be prepared using the procedures described in Method 7 (Steps 1 and 2) using the fragments with the variables described above with respect to compounds of formula ID.
  • the invention also provides methods for synthesizing compounds of formula IC, various intermediate compounds, and salts of the compounds and intermediate compounds.
  • a method for producing a compound having the formula VIA is provided where R 1 , R 3 , Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 have any of the values described above with respect to compounds of formula IC and embodiments of compounds of formula IC, and Y 1 is selected from the group consisting of NO 2 , a protected amine group, a halogen such as CI, F, Br, or I, an -NCS, and an N 3 group.
  • R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl group.
  • R 3 is H.
  • Y 1 is selected from a F, N0 2 , or an N 3 group.
  • R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl group, R 3 is H, and Y 1 is selected from a F, N0 2 , or an 3 group.
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 3 are each carbon atoms and R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are each H.
  • a method for preparing a compound of formula VIA typically includes cyclizing a compound of formula VIB by reacting it with an electrophilic carbon bearing an R 3 group such as a trialkyl orthoformate such as triethyl orthoformate, trimethyl orthoformate or the like where the R 3 is a H; Gold's Reagent; a substituted or unsubstituted alkanoyl halide such as acetyl chloride where R 3 is a methyl group; a substituted or unsubstituted alkanoic acid in the presence of an acid halide producing agent such as thionyl chloride, POCI 3 , various phosphorous halides, and the like (e.g.,
  • variable may have any of the same values as described above with respect to compounds of formula VIA.
  • the method of forming a compound of formula VIA may include reacting a compound of formula VIC with an amine of formula R 1 -NH 2 to produce the compound of formula VIB using standard amide-forming procedures and where R 1 has any of the values of the compounds of formula VIA and VIB and the variables in the compound of VIC have the values of compounds of formula VIA and VIB and Y 2 is a hydroxyl group or is an equivalent thereof.
  • Compounds of formula VIC have the following formula.
  • An alternative method for synthesizing compounds of formula IC is shown for analogous compounds of formula IA in Scheme 2a.
  • Such a method generally includes reacting a compound of formula VIC with an amine of formula R 1 -NH 2 and an electrophilic carbon bearing an R 3 group such as a carboxylic acid of formula R 3 -C0 2 H.
  • DIBAL Diisobutylaluminum hydride
  • HBTU 0-BenzotriazoI-1-yI-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
  • THF Tetrahydrofuran SYNTHESIS OF c/s-4-FLUOROCYCLOHEXYLAMINE
  • Step 1 Synthesis of (2-amino-4,5-difluorophenyl)-N-[2-(4- fluorophenyl)ethyl]-carboxamide
  • Step 3 Synthesis of 7-(azadiazomvinyl)-6-fluoro-3-[2-(4- fluorophenyl)ethyl]-3-hydroquinazolin-4-one
  • the mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water. After the organic layer was isolated, the aqueous layer was extracted with two more portions of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were then combined and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the crude mixture was dissolved in DMSO and purified via preparative HPLC using water (0.1% TFA) /acetonitrile (0.1 % TFA). The pure fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to remove the majority of acetonitrile.
  • Sodium carbonate (15 equivalents) was then added to the resulting aqueous solution and the slurry was allowed to sit at room temperature for 1 hour with occasional swirling. The basic aqueous solution was then extracted with 3 separate portions of ethyl acetate.
  • the mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water. After the organic layer was isolated, the aqueous layer was extracted with two more portions of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were then combined and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the crude mixture was dissolved in DMSO/acetonitrile and purified via preparative HPLC using water (0.1 % TFA) /acetonitrile (0.1% TFA). The pure fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to remove the majority of acetonitrile. Sodium hydroxide (10 equivalents) was then added to the resulting aqueous solution and the slurry was allowed to sit at room temperature for 1 hour with occasional swirling.
  • Example 1 (1 equivalent) in THF (0.5 M in (a)) was added 4,4- difluorocyclohexylamine prepared as described above (1.5 equivalents). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 10 hours. The crude product mixture was then concentrated in vacuo, dissolved in methylene chloride, and purified via flash chromatography using hexanes/ethyl acetate.
  • Nitrile 1 shown above (0.9 g, 2.4 mmoles) was dissolved in dry
  • Example 11 was prepared using the methodology described in Scheme 1a and the appropriate amino indanol.
  • Examples 14 and 18 which include hydroxymethyl-substituted arylalkyl groups were also prepared using the general methodology of Scheme 1 a with the appropriate amino alcohol.
  • Example 36 was prepared by: first, mono-Boc protecting 2,6-trans dimethylpiperazine; second, treating the mono-Boc protected compound with cyanogen bromide (2.5 equivalents) and Hunig's base (1.1 equivalent); third, purifying the resulting nitrile piperazine compound on silica gel; fourth, deprotecting the purified compound; and fifth, reacting the resulting purified nitrile trans dimethyl piperazine compound using the methods described herein to produce Example 36.
  • Compounds such as Examples 73 and 76 were prepared using the procedure of Method 2 with the appropriated amides of methacrylic acid and acetic acid.
  • Example 59 where R 2 is a methyl group may be prepared by alkylating a dione where R 2 is H prepared as described herein.
  • Example 59 was prepared using the methylation procedure shown below (reaction of dione with methyl iodide and potassium carbonate (1 :2:2) in DMF at 60°C to produce the nitro compound which was then converted to Example 59 using the standard procedures described herein.
  • EC 50 values of test compounds were determined by treating cells expressing MC4-R with test compound and lysing the cells and measuring intercellular cAMP concentration with an Amersham-Pharmacia RPA-559 cAMP Scintillation Proximity Assay (SPA) kit. The compounds described above were synthesized and tested according to this assay. Each of the named compounds of Examples 1-104 exhibited -log EC 50 values above about 3. Examples 105-112 will be found to exhibit -log EC50 values above about 3. For this reason, each of the exemplary compounds are individually preferred and are preferred as a group.
  • SPA Amersham-Pharmacia RPA-559 cAMP Scintillation Proximity Assay
  • mice In vivo studies are conducted to observe the effect of MCR-4 agonists on energy intake, body weight, hyperinsulinemia, and glucose levels. All studies are conducted with male 9-10 week old ob/ob mice which display early onset of obesity, insulin resistance and diabetes due to leptin deficiency. Mice are acclimated in the facility for 1 week before studies and are caged individually. Vehicle-treated (control) and drug treated mice studies are always run in parallel. In multi-day studies, mice (8-15 per group) are monitored for baseline body weight, fasting levels of glucose, insulin, blood lipids and energy expenditure and then injected twice daily (9 a.m.
  • Blood glucose and oral glucose tolerance are measured using a glucose monitor (Onetouch sold by Lifescan).
  • Free fatty acids are measured using an non-esterified free fatty acids enzymatic assay (Waco Chemicals).
  • Serum Insulin levels are measured by immunoassay (Alpco).
  • the effect of the compounds of the present invention on food intake is determined by measuring grams/mouse/day throughout a 4 week study. Food is monitored every morning. Cumulative food intake represents the total amount of grams the mice consume during the study. A significant reduction in food intake is demonstrated in those mice treated IP with the compounds of the present invention.
  • the effect of the compounds of the present invention on body weight is determined by measuring grams/mouse throughout a 4 week study. Mice are weighed every morning. A significant body weight reduction is demonstrated in those mice treated IP with the compounds of the present invention.
  • the effect of the compounds of the present invention on blood glucose levels is determined by measuring blood glucose levels as represented as mg of glucose/dL of blood. Mice are fasted overnight and glucose levels are measured the following morning. Vehicle treated mice show an increase in blood glucose consistent with the rapid progression of diabetes in this mouse strain whereas, diabetes is slowed down considerably in drug treated mice. A significant reduction in fasting glucose levels is demonstrated in those mice treated IP with the compounds of this invention.
  • the effect of the compounds of the present invention on glucose levels during oral glucose tolerance test is determined by measuring blood glucose in overnight fasted mice. Blood glucose is represented as mg of glucose/dL of blood. Glucose levels are measured the following morning. Orally administered glucose quickly elevates blood glucose, similar to a meal, and the response to this exogenous glucose gives a measure of how well the body regulated glucose homeostasis. Vehicle treated mice show an elevated response to glucose consistent with their diabetic state, whereas drug treated mice show a very much improved glucose disposal.
  • FFA free fatty acid
  • the effect of the compouhds of the present invention on serum insulin levels is determined by measuring serum insulin levels one hour after single IP dosing of 1 and 3 mg/kg in overnight fasted ob/ob mice. Serum insulin levels are represented as ng of insulin/mL of serum. Drug treated mice show a dose dependent decrease relative to vehicle.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)

Abstract

A variety of low molecular weight, guanidino-containing molecules capable of acting as MC4-R agonists are provided. The compounds are useful in treating MC4-R mediated diseases. The compounds have the structure of Formulas (IA), (IB), or (IC): where the values of the variable are defined herein.

Description

SUBSTITUTED QUINAZOLINONE COMPOUNDS
Field of the Invention
, [0001] This invention relates to melanocortin-4 receptor (MC4-R) agonists and methods of their preparation. The invention also relates to methods of treating melanocortin-4 receptor-mediated diseases, such as obesity or diabetes, by activating the melanocortin-4 receptor with compounds provided herein.
Background of the Invention
[0002] Melanocortins are peptide products resulting from post- translational processing of pro-opiomelanocortin and are known to have a broad array of physiological activities. The natural melanocortins include the different types of melanocyte stimulating hormone (α-MSH, β-M,SH, γ-MSH) and ACTH. Of these, α-MSH and ACTH are considered to be the main endogenous melanocortins.
[0003] The melanocortins mediate their effects through melanocortin receptors (MC-Rs), a subfamily of G-protein coupled receptors. There are at least five different receptor subtypes (MC1-R to MC5-R). MC1-R mediates pigmentation of the hair and skin. MC2-R mediates the effects of ACTH on steroidogenesis in the adrenal gland. MC3-R and MC4-R are predominantly expressed in the brain. MC5-R is considered to have a role in the exocrine gland system.
[0004] The melanocortin-4 receptor (MC4-R) is a seven- transmembrane receptor. MC4-R may participate in modulating the flow of visual and sensory information, coordinate aspects of somatomotor control, and/or participate in the modulation of autonomic outflow to the heart. K. G. Mountjoy et al., Science, 257:1248-125 (1992). Significantly, inactivation of this receptor by gene targeting has resulted in mice that develop a maturity onset obesity syndrome associated with hyperphagia, hyperinsulinemia, and hyperglycemia. D. Husznar et al., Cell, 88(1): 131-41 (1997). MC4-R has also been implicated in other disease states including erectile disorders, cardiovascular disorders, neuronal injuries or disorders, inflammation, fever, cognitive disorders, and sexual behavior disorders. M. E. Hadley and C. Haskell-Luevano, The proopiomelanocortin system, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 585:1 (1999).
[0005] Furthermore, observations in connection with endogenous MC4-
R antagonists indicate that MC4-R is implicated in endogenous energy regulation. For example, an agouti protein is normally expressed in the skin and is an antagonist of the cutaneous MC receptor involved in pigmentation, MC1-R. M. M. Ollmann et al., Science, 278:135-138 (1997). However, overexpression of agouti protein in mice leads to a yellow coat color due to antagonism of MC1-R and increased food intake and body weight due to antagonism of MC4-R. L. L. Kiefer et al., Biochemistry, 36: 2084-2090 (1997); D. S. Lu et al., Nature, 371 :799-802 (1994). Agouti related protein (AGRP), an agouti protein homologue, antagonizes MC4-R but not MC1-R. T. M. Fong et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 237:629-631 (1997). Administration of AGRP in mice increases food intake and causes obesity but does not alter pigmentation. M. Rossi et al., Endocrinology, 139:4428-443. (1998). Together, this research indicates that MC4-R participates in energy regulation, and therefore, identifies this receptor as a target for a rational drug design for the treatment of obesity.
[0006] In connection with MC4-R and its uncovered role in the etiology of obesity and food intake, the prior art includes reports of compounds and compositions that act as agonists or antagonists of MC4-R. As examples, U.S. Patent No. 6,060,589 describes polypeptides that are capable of modulating signaling activity of melanocortin receptors. Also, U.S. Patent Nos. 6,054,556 and 5,731 ,408 describe families of agonists and antagonists for MC4-R receptors that are lactam heptapeptides having a cyclic structure. WO 01/10842 discloses MC4-R binding compounds having a multitude of structures and methods of using such compounds to treat MC4-R associated disorders. Some of the compounds described include amidino- and guanidino- containing arenes and heteroarenes.
[0007] Various other classes of compounds have been disclosed as having MC4-R agonist activity. For example, WO 01/70708 and WO 00/74679 disclose MC4-R agonists that are piperidine compounds and derivatives, while WO 01/70337 and WO 99/64002 disclose MC-R agonists that are spiropiperidine derivatives. Other known melanocortin receptor agonists include aromatic amine compounds containing amino acid residues, particularly tryptophan residues, as disclosed in WO 01/55106. Similar agonists are disclosed in WO 01/055107 which comprise aromatic amine compounds containing tertiary amide or tertiary amine groups. Finally, WO 01/055109 discloses melanocortin receptor agonists comprising aromatic amines which are generally bisamides separated by a nitrogen-containing alkyl linker.
[0008] Guanidine-containing compounds having a variety of biological activities are also known in the prior art. For example, U.S. patent No. 4,732,916 issued to Satoh et al. discloses guanidine compounds useful as antiulcer agents; U.S. Patent No. 4,874,864, U.S. Patent No. 4,949,891 , and U.S. Patent No. 4,948,901 issued to Schnur et al. and EP 0343 894 disclose guanidino compounds useful as protease inhibitors and as anti-plasmin and anti-thrombin agents; and U.S. Patent No. 5,352,704 issued to Okuyama et al. discloses a guanidino compound useful as an antiviral agent. Guanidine- containing compounds are also disclosed in other references. For example, U.S. Patent No. 6,030,985 issued to Gentile et al. discloses guanidine compounds useful for treating and preventing conditions in which inhibition of nitric oxide synthetase is beneficial such as stroke, schizophrenia, anxiety, and pain. U.S. Patent No. 5,952,381 issued to Chen et al. discloses certain guanidine compounds for use in selectively inhibiting or antagonizing αvβ3 integrins. [0009] Various 5-, 6-, and 7- membered fully saturated 1- azacarbocyclic-2-ylidene derivatives of guanidine are disclosed as having anti-secretory and hypoglycemic activities by U.S. Patent No. 4,211 ,867 issued to Rasmussen. Such compounds are also taught as useful for the treatment of cardiovascular disease. Other guanidine derivatives are disclosed by U.S. Patent No. 5,885,985 issued to Macdonald etal. as useful in therapy to treat inflammation. Various guanidinobenzamide compounds are disclosed in WO 02/18327. The guanidinobenzamides are disclosed as useful for treating obesity and type II diabetes.
[0010] Nevertheless, there remains a need for potent and specific agonists of MC4-R that are low molecular weight small molecules. Methods of treating a melanocortin-4 receptor mediated disease, such as obesity, with such non-peptide drugs, are also particularly desirable.
Summary of the Invention
[0011] The instant invention provides potent and specific agonists of
MC4-R that are low molecular weight small molecules. Thus, there has been provided, in accordance with one aspect of the invention, compounds of formula IA, IB, or IC:
Figure imgf000006_0001
IA IB
Figure imgf000006_0002
IC wherein
Z1 is selected from the group consisting of CR4 and N;
Z2 is selected from the group consisting of CR5 and N;
Z3 is selected from the group consisting of CR6 and N;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcarbonyl, and arylcarbonyl groups;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups; R4, R5, and Rδ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CI, I, F, Br, OH, NH2, CN, N02, and substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylamino, heteroarylamino, aminocarbonyl, aikylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heterocyclylaminocarbonyl, and heteroarylaminocarbonyl groups;
W is a group of formula IIA or IIB;
Figure imgf000007_0001
MA IIB
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
or R1' and R2 , together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl group;
R3' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups; and R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
[0012] Compounds provided by the invention further include prodrugs of the compound of formula IA, IB, and IC, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, hydrates thereof, hydrides thereof, or solvates thereof.
[0013] The invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R3 is H.
[0014] The invention further provides compounds of formula IA, IB, and
IC in which Z1 is a CR4 group, Z2 is a CR5 group, and Z3 is a CR6 group. In some such embodiments, at least one of R4, R5, or R6 is a F.
[0015] The invention further provides compounds of formula IA, IB, and
IC in which at least one of Z1, Z2, or Z3 is N. In some such embodiments, Z1 is N. In other such embodiments, Z2 is N.
[0016] The invention further provides compounds of formula IA, IB, and
IC in which R3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, polycyclic cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl, and aryl groups. In other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2- alkylcyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,4- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,5-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dialkylcycIohexyl, 3,4- dialkylcyclohexyl, 3-alkylcyclohexyl, 4-alkylcyclohexyl, 3,3,5-trialkylcyclohexyl, cyclohexyl methyl, 2-aminocyclohexyl, 3-aminocyclohexyl, 4-aminocyclohexyl, 2,3-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,4-diaminocyclohexyl, 3,4-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,5- diaminocyclohexyl, 2,6-diaminocycIohexyl, 2,2-diaminocyclohexyl, 2- alkoxycyclohexyl, 3-alkoxycyclohexyl, 4-alkoxycyclohexyl, 2,3- dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,5- dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,6-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2- alkylthiocyclohexyl, 3-alkylthiocyclohexyl, 4-alkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,3- dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,5- dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,6-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, fluorocycloalkyl, fluoroalkylcycloalkyl, trifluoromethylcycloalkyl, cyclopentyl, cycloheptyl, cyclohexenyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyclooctyl, 2-arylcyclohexyl, 2- phenylcyclohexyl, 2-arylalkylcyclohexyl, 2-benzylcyclohexyl, 4- phenylcyclohexyl, adamantyl, isocamphenyl, carenyl, 7,7-dialkylnorbomyl, bornyl, norbornyl, and decalinyl groups. In still other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-methylcyclohexyl, 2,2- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,5- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3- methylcyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 3,3,5- trimethylcyclohexyl, 4-f-butylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, isopinocampheyl, 7,7-dimethylnorbomyl, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl, 3-methylcycloheptyl groups, 2- fluoro-4-methylcyclohexyl, 4-fluoro-2-methylcyclohexyl, 4,4-difluoro-2- methylcyclohexyl, 4-trifluoromethylcyclohexyl, 2-methyl-4~ trifluoromethylcyclohexyl, 2-fluoromethylcyclohexyl, trifluoromethyl(polycyclic cycloalkyl), fluoromethyl(polycyclic cycloalkyl), and fluoro(polycyclic cycloalkyl) groups.
[0017] The invention further provides compounds of formula IA, IB, and
IC in which R1' is H and R2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups. In still other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1 is H and R2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethyl benzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3- methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups. In still other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1 and R2 may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups. In still other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1 and R2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4- dichlorobenzyl, 3-methyl benzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2- chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
[0018] In still other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and
IC, R1 and R2 , together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group. In still other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1' and R2, together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated heterocyclyl group comprising at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, in addition to the nitrogen atom to which R1' and R2 are bound. In still other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1 and R2, together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazino, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, homopiperazino, or azepino group. In still other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a piperazino group optionally substituted by one or two methyl groups.
[0019] The invention further provides compounds of formula IA, IB, and
IC in which R1 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group. In still other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1 is selected from the group consisting of 2,4-dihalophenylethyl, and 2,4-dialkylphenylethyl groups. In still other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4- methoxyphenylethyl, 4-phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4- methylphenylethyl, 4-chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenyIethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-bromophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-4-fluorophenylethyl, 2,4- difluorophenylethyl, 2,4-dimethylphenylethyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl groups, (2-pyridyl)ethyl, (3-pyridyl )ethyl, (4-pyridyl )ethyl, (pyridyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, (phenyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl groups, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, and substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl groups.
[0020] In still further embodiments, the invention provides compounds of formula IA, IB and IC in which R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
[0021] The invention further provides compounds of formula IB in which
R2 is H.
[0022] In still further embodiments, the invention provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group. In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds in which R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, heterocyclyl group, alkylamino group, or cycloalkyl amino group. In some such embodiments, R3 is selected from substituted and unsubstituted 2- pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrazine, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, and cyclopropylamino groups.
[0023] The instant invention provides a second group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R that are low molecular weight small molecules. Thus, there has been provided, in accordance with one aspect of the invention, compounds of formula lA and IC:
Figure imgf000012_0001
IA IC wherein
Z1 is selected from the group consisting of CR4 and N;
Z2 is selected from the group consisting of CR5 and N;
Z3 is selected from the group consisting of CR6 and N;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxyalkyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl groups, and -C(=NH)-heterocyclyl groups, and groups of formula -LR7;
R4, R5, and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CI, I, F, Br, OH, NH2, CN, N02, and substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylamino, heteroarylamino, aminocarbonyl, aikylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heterocyclylaminocarbonyl, and heteroarylaminocarbonyl groups;
W is a group of formula IIA or IIB;
Figure imgf000013_0001
IIA IIB
R >1 ' i is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
or R1 and R2 , together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl group;
R3' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
R4' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups; L is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, -CH2-, -0-, -S-, and -NH-;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted arylaminoalkyl, aryl, and aryloxyalkyl groups or is selected from a group of formula IIC;
Figure imgf000014_0001
wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of CH2, O, S, and NR9 where R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, a halogen, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkylaminoalkyl, heterocyclyl, alkoxy, carbonyl, and aminocarbonyl groups; and
m is an integer selected from 0, 1 , and 2.
[0024] In some aspects of the invention, compounds provided of the second group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R further include prodrugs of the compounds of formula IA and IC, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, hydrates thereof, hydrides thereof, or solvates thereof.
[0025] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the second group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R1 is H or an alkyl group such as a methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or pentyl group. In some such embodiments, R1 is H whereas in other such embodiments, R1 is a methyl group. [0026] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the second group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which Z is a CR4 group, Z2 is a CR5 group, and Z3 is a CR6 group. In some such embodiments, at least one of R4, R5, or R6 is a F.
[0027] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the second group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which at least one of Z1, Z2, or Z3 is N. In some such embodiments, Z1 is N. In other such embodiments, Z2 is N.
[0028] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the second group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, polycyclic cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl, and aryl groups. In other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-alkylcyclohexyl, 2,2- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,5- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dialkylcyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 3- alkylcyclohexyl, 4-alkylcyclohexyl, 3,3,5-trialkylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 2-aminocyclohexyl, 3-aminocyclohexyl, 4-aminocyclohexyl, 2,3- diaminocyclohexyl, 2,4-diaminocyclohexyl, 3,4-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,5- diaminocyclohexyl, 2,6-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,2-diaminocyclohexyl, 2- alkoxycyclohexyl, 3-alkoxycyclohexyl, 4-alkoxycyclohexyl, 2,3- dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkoxycycIohexyl, 3,4-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,5- dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,6-dialkoxycyclohexyI, 2,2-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2- alkylthiocyclohexyl, 3-alkylthiocyclohexyl, 4-alkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,3- dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,5- dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,6-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, fluorocycloalkyl, fluoroalkylcycloalkyl, trifluoromethylcycloalkyl, cyclopentyl, cycloheptyl, cyclohexenyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyclooctyl, 2-arylcyclohexyl, 2- phenylcyclohexyl, 2-arylalkylcyclohexyl, 2-benzylcyclohexyl, 4- phenylcyclohexyl, adamantyl, isocamphenyl, carenyl, 7,7-dialkylnorbomyl, bornyl, norbomyl, and decalinyl groups. In still other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2- methylcyclohexyl, 2,2-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,4- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,5-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3,4- dimethylcyclohexyl, 3-methylcyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexyl, 4-f-butylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, isopinocampheyl, 7,7-dimethylnorbornyl, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl, 3- methylcycloheptyl groups, 2-fluoro-4-methylcyclohexyl, 4-fluoro-2- methylcyclohexyl, 4,4-difluoro-2-methylcyclohexyl, 4-trifluoromethylcyclohexyl, 2-methyl-4-trifluoromethylcyclohexyl, 2-fluoromethylcyclohexyl, trifluoromethyl(polycyclic cycloalkyl), fluoromethyl(polycyclic cycloalkyl), and fluoro(polycyclic cycloalkyl) groups.
[0029] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the second group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups. In still other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1' is H and R2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethyl benzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3-methyI benzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3- methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups. In still other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1 and R2 may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups. In still other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1' and R2 may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4- dichlorobenzyl, 3-methyl benzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyI, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2- chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
[0030] In still other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group. In still other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated heterocyclyl group comprising at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, in addition to the nitrogen atom to which R1' and R2 are bound. In still other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1 and R2 , together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazino, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, homopiperazino, or azepino group. In still other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1 and R2 , together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a piperazino group optionally substituted by one or two methyl groups.
[0031] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the second group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R1 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group. In still other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1 is selected from the group consisting of 2,4- dihalophenylethyl, and 2,4-dialkylphenylethyl groups. In still other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4- methoxyphenylethyl, 4-phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4- methylphenylethyl, 4-chlorophenyIethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-bromophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-4-fluorophenylethyl, 2,4- difluorophenylethyl, 2,4-dimethylphenylethyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl groups, (2-pyridyl)ethyl, (3-pyridyl)ethyl, (4-pyridyl)ethyl, (pyridyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, (phenyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl groups, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryI)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, and substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl groups.
[0032] In still further embodiments, the invention provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
[0033] In still further embodiments, the invention provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group. In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds in which R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, heterocyclyl group, alkylamino group, or cycloalkyl amino group. In some such embodiments, R3 is selected from substituted and unsubstituted 2- pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrazine, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, and cyclopropylamino groups. [0034] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the second group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R3 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group. In still other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is selected from the group consisting of 2,4- dihalophenylethyl, and 2,4-dialkylphenylethyl groups. In still other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4- methoxyphenylethyl, 4-phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenyIethyl, 4- methylphenylethyl, 4-chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chIorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-bromophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-4-fluorophenylethyl, 2,4- difluorophenylethyl, 2,4-dimethylphenylethyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl groups, (2-pyridyl)ethyl, (3-pyridyl)ethyl, (4-pyridyl )ethyl, (pyridyI)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, (phenyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl groups, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, and substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl groups. In some of the embodiments described in this paragraph, R1 is H or is an alkyl group having from one to eight carbon atoms. In some of the embodiments described in this paragraph, R1 is H whereas in other such embodiments R1 is a methyl, ethyl, or propyl group.
[0035] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the second group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R3 is a substituted alkyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryloxyalkyl group. In some such embodiments, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxymethyl group. In some such embodiments, of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-0-aryl groups where the aryl group is substituted with one or more halogen group such as with one or more CI or F. In some such embodiments, the aryl group is additionally substituted with an alkoxy group such as a methoxy or ethoxy group. In some embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is a -CH2-0-aryl group where the aryl group is selected from the group consisting of 2,4-difluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, and 2-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl groups. In other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is a heterocyclylalkyl group. In some other embodiments of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkoxyalkyl group or a heteroarylalkoxyalkyl group.
[0036] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the second group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl group. In some such embodiments, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylmethyl group. In some such embodiments, the heterocyclyl group is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted 1 H-tetrazole, piperazine, piperidine, imidazole, and morpholine groups. In some such embodiments, R3 is a -CH2-heterocyclyl group where the heterocyclyl group is a 1 H-tetrazole, an imidazole, an N-methylpiperazine, a 4-hydroxypiperidine, a 3-hydroxypiperidine, or a morpholine. In still other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is a heterocyclyl group. In some embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted piperazinyl group such as an N-methylpiperazinyl group, is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridine group, is a substituted or unsubstituted tetrazole group, is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group such as a 4-methylcyclohexyl group, or is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group. In yet other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is an alkoxyalkyl group such as a methoxyalkyl group or an ethoxyalkyl group. In some such embodiments, R3 is a an alkoxyalkyl group such as an alkoxymethyl group such as a methoxymethyl group.
[0037] The instant invention provides a third group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R that are low molecular weight small molecules. Thus, there has been provided, in accordance with one aspect of the invention, compounds of formula ID:
Figure imgf000021_0001
wherein
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups;
R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of -H, substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxyalkyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl groups, and -C(=NH)-heterocyclyl groups, and groups of formula -LR7;
R4, R5, and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CI, I, F, Br, OH, NH2, CN, N02, and substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylamino, heteroarylamino, aminocarbonyl, aikylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heterocyclylaminocarbonyl, and heteroarylaminocarbonyl groups;
W is a group of formula IIA or IIB;
Figure imgf000022_0001
IIA IIB
R1' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
R2' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
or R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl group;
R3' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
R4' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups;
L is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, -CH2-, -0-, -S-, and -NH-;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted arylaminoalkyl, aryl, and aryloxyalkyl groups or is selected from a group of formula IIC;
Figure imgf000023_0001
IIC wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of CH2, O, S, and NR9 where R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, a halogen, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkylaminoalkyl, heterocyclyl, alkoxy, carbonyl, and aminocarbonyl groups; and
m is an integer selected from 0, 1 , and 2.
[0038] In some aspects of the invention, compounds provided of the third group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R further include prodrugs of the compounds of formula ID, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, hydrates thereof, hydrides thereof, or solvates thereof.
[0039] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the third group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which R1 is H or an alkyl group such as a methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or pentyl group. In some such embodiments, R1 is H whereas in other such embodiments, R1 is a methyl group.
[0040] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the third group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which R2 is H or an alkyl group such as a methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or pentyl group.
[0041] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the third group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which at least one of R4, R5, or R6 is a F.
[0042] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the third group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which R3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, polycyclic cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl, and aryl groups. In other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-alkylcyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,3- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,5-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,6- dialkylcyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 3-alkylcyclohexyl, 4-alkylcyclohexyl, 3,3,5-trialkylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 2-aminocyclohexyl, 3- aminocyclohexyl, 4-aminocyclohexyl, 2,3-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,4- diaminocyclohexyl, 3,4-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,5-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,6- diaminocyclohexyl, 2,2-diaminocyclohexyl, 2-alkoxycyclohexyl, 3- alkoxycyclohexyl, 4-alkoxycyclohexyl, 2,3-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,4- dialkoxycyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,5-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,6- dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2-alkylthiocyclohexyl, 3- alkylthiocyclohexyl, 4-alkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,3-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,4- dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,5-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,6- dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkylthiocycIohexyl, fluorocycloalkyl, fluoroalkylcycloalkyl, trifluoromethylcycloalkyl, cyclopentyl, cycloheptyl, cyclohexenyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyclooctyl, 2-arylcyclohexyl, 2- phenylcyclohexyl, 2-arylalkylcyclohexyl, 2-benzylcycIohexyl, 4- phenylcyclohexyl, adamantyl, isocamphenyl, carenyl, 7,7-dialkylnorbornyl, bornyl, norbornyl, and decalinyl groups. In still other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-methylcyclohexyl, 2,2- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,5- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dimethyIcyclohexyl, 3,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3- methylcyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 3,3,5- trimethylcyclohexyl, 4-f-butylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, isopinocampheyl, 7,7-dimethylnorbomyl, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl, 3-methylcycloheptyl groups, 2- fluoro-4-methylcyclohexyl, 4-fluoro-2-methylcyclohexyl, 4,4-difluoro-2- methylcyclohexyl, 4-trifluoromethylcyclohexyl, 2-methyl-4- trifluoromethylcyclohexyl, 2-fluoromethylcyclohexyl, trifluoromethyl(poIycyclic cycloalkyl), fluoromethyl(polycyclic cycloalkyl), and fluoro(polycyclic cycloalkyl) groups.
[0043] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the third group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which R1' is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups. In still other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R is H and R2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethyl benzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4- dichlorobenzyl, 3-methyl benzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2- chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups. In still other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1' and R2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups. In still other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R and R2 may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3-methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3- methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
[0044] In still other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group. In still other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1' and R2, together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated heterocyclyl group comprising at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, in addition to the nitrogen atom to which R and R2' are bound. In still other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazino, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, homopiperazino, or azepino group. In still other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a piperazino group optionally substituted by one or two methyl groups.
[0045] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the third group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which R1 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group. In still other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1 is selected from the group consisting of 2,4-dihalophenylethyl, and 2,4- dialkylphenylethyl groups. In still other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyI, 4-methoxyphenylethyl, 4- phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4-methylphenylethyl, 4- chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2- methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyI, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-bromophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-4-fluorophenylethyl, 2,4- difluorophenylethyl, 2,4-dimethyIphenylethyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl groups, (2-pyridyl)ethyl, (3-pyridyl)ethyl, (4-pyridyl)ethyl, (pyridyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyI, (phenyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl groups, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, and substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl groups.
[0046] In still further embodiments, the invention provides compounds of formula ID in which R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
[0047] In still further embodiments, the invention provides compounds of formula ID in which R2 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group.
[0048] In still further embodiments, the invention provides compounds of formula ID in which R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group. In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds in which R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, heterocyclyl group, alkylamino group, or cycloalkyl amino group. In some such embodiments, R3 is selected from substituted and unsubstituted 2-pyridyl, 3- pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrazine, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, and cyclopropylamino groups.
[0049] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the third group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which R3 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group. In still other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is selected from the group consisting of 2,4-dihalophenylethyl, and 2,4- dialkylphenylethyl groups. In still other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4-methoxyphenylethyl, 4- phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4-methylphenylethyl, 4- chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyI, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3-methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyIethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-bromophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-4-fluorophenylethyl, 2,4- difluorophenylethyl, 2,4-dimethylphenylethyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl groups, (2-pyridyl)ethyl, (3-pyridyl)ethyl, (4-pyridyl )ethyl, (pyridyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, (phenyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl groups, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(arylaIkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryI)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, and substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl groups. In some of the embodiments described in this paragraph, R1 is H or is an alkyl group having from one to eight carbon atoms. In some of the embodiments described in this paragraph, R1 is H whereas in other such embodiments R1 is a methyl, ethyl, or propyl group.
[0050] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the third group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which R3 is a substituted alkyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryloxyalkyl group. In some such embodiments, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxymethyl group. In some such embodiments, of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-0-aryl groups where the aryl group is substituted with one or more halogen group such as with one or more CI or F. In some such embodiments, the aryl group is additionally substituted with an alkoxy group such as a methoxy or ethoxy group. In some embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is a -CH2-0-aryl group where the aryl group is selected from the group consisting of 2,4-difluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, and 2-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl groups. In other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is a heterocyclylalkyl group. In some other embodiments of compounds of formula ID, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkoxyalkyl group or a heteroarylalkoxyalkyl group.
[0051] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the third group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl group. In some such embodiments, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylmethyl group. In some such embodiments, the heterocyclyl group is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted 1 H-tetrazole, piperazine, piperidine, imidazole, and morpholine groups. In some such embodiments, R3 is a -CH2-heterocyclyl group where the heterocyclyl group is a 1 H-tetrazole, an imidazole, an N-methylpiperazine, a 4-hydroxypiperidine, a 3-hydroxypiperidine, or a morpholine. In still other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is a heterocyclyl group. In some embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted piperazinyl group such as an N-methylpiperazinyl group, is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridine group, is a substituted or unsubstituted tetrazole group, is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group such as a 4-methylcyclohexyl group, or is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group. In yet other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is an alkoxyalkyl group such as a methoxyalkyl group or an ethoxyalkyl group. In some such embodiments, R3 is a an alkoxyalkyl group such as an alkoxymethyl group such as a methoxymethyl group.
[0052] The instant invention provides a fourth group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R that are low molecular weight small molecules. Thus, there has been provided, in accordance with one aspect of the invention, compounds of formula IE:
Figure imgf000030_0001
wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups;
R4, R5, and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CI, I, F, Br, OH, NH2, CN, N02, and substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylamino, heteroarylamino, aminocarbonyl, aikylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heterocyclylaminocarbonyl, and heteroarylaminocarbonyl groups;
W is a group of formula IIA or IIB;
Figure imgf000031_0001
IIA IIB
R1' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
R2' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
or R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl group;
R3' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups; and
R4' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
[0053] In some aspects of the invention, compounds provided of the fourth group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R further include prodrugs of the compounds of formula IE, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, hydrates thereof, hydrides thereof, or solvates thereof.
[0054] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the fourth group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula IE in which R1 is H or an alkyl group such as a methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or pentyl group. In some such embodiments, R1 is H whereas in other such embodiments, R1 is a methyl group.
[0055] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the fourth group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula IE in which at least one of R4, R5, or R6 is a F.
[0056] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the fourth group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula IE in which R3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, polycyclic cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl, and aryl groups. In other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-alkylcyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,3- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,5-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,6- dialkylcyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 3-alkylcyclohexyl, 4-alkylcyclohexyl, 3,3,5-trialkylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 2-aminocyclohexyl, 3- aminocyclohexyl, 4-aminocyclohexyl, 2,3-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,4- diaminocyclohexyl, 3,4-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,5-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,6- diaminocyclohexyl, 2,2-diaminocyclohexyl, 2-alkoxycyclohexyl, 3- alkoxycyclohexyl, 4-alkoxycyclohexyl, 2,3-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,4- dialkoxycyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,5-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,6- dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2-alkylthiocyclohexyl, 3- alkylthiocyclohexyl, 4-alkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,3-dialkyIthiocyclohexyl, 2,4- dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,5-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,6- dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, fluorocycloalkyl, fluoroalkylcycloalkyl, trifluoromethylcycloalkyl, cyclopentyl, cycloheptyl, cyclohexenyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyclooctyl, 2-arylcyclohexyl, 2- phenylcyclohexyl, 2-arylalkylcyclohexyl, 2-benzyIcyclohexyl, 4- phenylcyclohexyl, adamantyl, isocamphenyl, carenyl, 7,7-diaIkylnorbornyl, bornyl, norbornyl, and decalinyl groups. In still other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-methylcyclohexyl, 2,2-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,5- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3- methylcyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 3,3,5- trimethylcyclohexyl, 4-f-butylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, isopinocampheyl, 7,7-dimethylnorbornyl, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl, 3-methylcycloheptyl groups, 2- fluoro-4-methylcyclohexyl, 4-fluoro-2-methylcyclohexyl, 4,4-difluoro-2- methylcyclohexyl, 4-trifluoromethylcyclohexyl, 2-methyl-4- trifluoromethylcyclohexyl, 2-fluoromethylcyclohexyl, trifluoromethyl(polycyclic cycloalkyl), fluoromethyl olycyclic cycloalkyl), and fluoro(poIycyclic cycloalkyl) groups.
[0057] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the fourth group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula IE in which R1 is H and R2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups. In still other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1' is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethyl benzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4- dichlorobenzyl, 3-methyIbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyI, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2- chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups. In still other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1 and R2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups. In still other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1' and R2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethyl benzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3-methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3- methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
[0058] In still other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1 and R2 , together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group. In still other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1 and R2 , together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated heterocyclyl group comprising at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, in addition to the nitrogen atom to which R1 and R2 are bound. In still other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazino, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, homopiperazino, or azepino group. In still other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1 and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a piperazino group optionally substituted by one or two methyl groups.
[0059] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the fourth group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula IE in which R1 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group. In still other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1 is selected from the group consisting of 2,4-dihalophenylethyl, and 2,4- dialkylphenylethyl groups. In still other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4-methoxyphenylethyl, 4- phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4-methyl phenylethyl, 4- chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2- methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-bromophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-4-fluorophenylethyl, 2,4- difluorophenylethyl, 2,4-dimethylphenylethyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl groups, (2-pyridyl)ethyl, (3-pyridyl)ethyl, (4-pyridyl )ethyl, (pyridyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, (phenyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aιyl)(hydroxymethyI)ethyl groups, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, and substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaιyl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl groups.
[0060] In still further embodiments, the invention provides compounds of formula IE in which R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
[0061] There has also been provided, in accordance with another aspect of the invention, a composition such as a pharmaceutical formulation or medicament comprising a compound according to the instant invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The invention further provides the use of the compounds of the invention in preparing a medicament for use in treating an MC4-R mediated disease. In some embodiments, such a disease is obesity or type II diabetes.
[0062] There has also been provided, in accordance with another aspect of the invention, a method of treating an MC4-R mediated disease, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a compound or composition of the instant invention.
[0063] In one embodiment, a disease to be treated by those methods of the instant invention is obesity or type II diabetes.
[0064] In one embodiment, a compound or composition of the invention is intranasally administered.
[0065] In one embodiment, a compound or composition of the invention is administered to a human subject.
[0066] Other objects, features and advantages of the present invention will become apparent from the following detailed description. It should be understood, however, that the detailed description and the specific examples, while indicating preferred embodiments of the invention, are given by way of illustration only, since various changes and modifications within the spirit and scope of the invention will become apparent to those skilled in the art from this detailed description.
Detailed Description of the Preferred Embodiment
[0067] The instant invention relates to novel classes of small molecule melanocortin-4 receptor (MC4-R) agonists. These compounds can be formulated into compositions and are useful in activating MC4-R, or in the treatment of MC4-R-mediated diseases, such as obesity, type II diabetes, erectile dysfunction, polycystic ovary disease, complications resulting from or associated with obesity and diabetes, and Syndrome X.
[0068] The following definitions are used throughout this specification.
[0069] Alkyl groups include straight chain and branched alkyl groups having from 1 to about 8 carbon atoms. Examples of straight chain alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, and octyl groups. Examples of branched alkyl groups, include, but are not limited to, isopropyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, and isopentyl groups. Representative substituted alkyl groups may be substituted one or more times with, for example, amino, thio, alkoxy, or halo groups such as F, CI, Br, and I groups.
[0070] Cycloalkyl groups are cyclic alkyl groups such as, but not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl groups. Cycloalkyl groups also includes rings that are substituted with straight or branched chain alkyl groups as defined above, and further include cycloalkyl groups that are substituted with other rings including fused rings such as, but not limited to, decalinyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, and indanyl. Cycloalkyl groups also include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as, but not limited to, norbornyl, adamantyl, bornyl, camphenyl, isocamphenyl, and carenyl groups. Representative substituted cycloalkyl groups may be mono- substituted or substituted more than once, such as, but not limited to, 2,2-, 2,3-, 2,4- 2,5- or 2,6-disubstituted cyclohexyl groups or mono-, di- ortri- substituted norbornyl or cycloheptyl groups, which may be substituted with, for example, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, thio, cyano, or halo groups.
[0071] Alkenyl groups are straight chain, branched or cyclic lower alkyl groups having 2 to about 8 carbon atoms, and further including at least one double bond, as exemplified, for instance, by vinyl, propenyl, 2-butenyl, 3- butenyl, isobutenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexadienyl, butadienyl, pentadienyl, and hexadienyl groups among others. [0072] Alkynyl groups are straight chain or branched lower alkyl groups having 2 to about 8 carbon atoms, and further including at least one triple bond, as exemplified by groups, including, but not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, and butynyl groups.
[0073] Aryl groups are cyclic aromatic hydrocarbons that do not contain heteroatoms. Thus aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, azulene, heptalene, biphenylene, indacene, fluorene, phenanthrene, triphenylene, pyrene, naphthacene, chrysene, biphenyl, anthracenyl, and naphthenyl groups. Although the phrase "aryl groups" includes groups containing fused rings, such as fused aromatic-aliphatic ring systems, it does not include aryl groups that have other groups, such as alkyl or halo groups, bonded to one of the ring members. Rather, groups such as tolyl are referred to as substituted aryl groups. Representative substituted aryl groups may be mono-substituted or substituted more than once, such as, but not limited to, 2- , 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-substituted phenyl or benzyl groups, which may be substituted with groups including, but not limited to, amino, alkoxy, alkyl, cyano, or halo.
[0074] Cycloalkylalkyl groups are alkyl groups as defined above in which a hydrogen or carbon bond of an alkyl group is replaced with a bond to a cycloalkyl group as defined above.
[0075] Arylalkyl groups are alkyl groups as defined above in which a hydrogen or carbon bond of an alkyl group is replaced with a bond to an aryl group as defined above.
[0076] Heterocyclyl groups are nonaromatic ring compounds containing
3 or more ring members, of which, one or more is a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, N, O, and S. The phrase "heterocyclyl group" includes fused ring species including those comprising fused aromatic and nonaromatic groups. The phrase also includes polycyclic ring systems containing a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, quinuclidyl. However, the phrase does not include heterocyclyl groups that have other groups, such as alkyl or halo groups, bonded to one of the ring members. Rather, these are referred to as "substituted heterocyclyl groups". Heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, piperazino, morpholino, thiomorpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino and homopiperazino groups. Representative substituted heterocyclyl groups may be mono-substituted or substituted more than once, such as, but not limited to, morpholino or piperazino groups, which are 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-substituted, or disubstituted with groups including, but not limited to, amino, alkoxy, alkyl, cyano, or halo.
[0077] Heteroaryl groups are aromatic ring compounds containing 3 or more ring members, of which, one or more is a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, N, O, and S. Heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups such as furan, thiophene, pyrrole, isopyrrole, diazole, imidazole, isoimidazole, triazole, dithiole, oxathiole, isoxazole, oxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, oxadiazole, oxatriazole, dioxazole, oxathiazole, pyran, dioxin, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrazine, triazine, oxazine, isoxazine, oxathiazine, azepin, oxepin, thiepin, diazepine, benzofuran, and isobenzofuran. Although the phrase "heteroaryl groups" includes fused ring compounds, the phrase does not include heteroaryl groups that have other groups bonded to one of the ring members, such as alkyl groups. Rather, heteroaryl groups with such substitution are referred to as "substituted heteroaryl groups". Representative substituted heteroaryl groups may be substituted one or more times with groups including, but not limited to, amino, alkoxy, alkyl, cyano, or halo.
[0078] Heterocyclylalkyl groups are alkyl groups as defined above in which a hydrogen or carbon bond of an alkyl group is replaced with a bond to a heterocyclyl group as defined above.
[0079] Heteroarylalkyl groups are alkyl groups as defined above in which a hydrogen or carbon bond of an alkyl group is replaced with a bond to a heteroaryl group as defined above. [0080] Aminocarbonyl groups are groups of the formula RR'NC(O)-, wherein R or R' may be the same or different, and each is independently selected from H, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl groups, as defined above.
[0081] In general, "substituted" refers to a group as defined above in which one or more bonds to a hydrogen atom contained therein are replaced by a bond to non-hydrogen or non-carbon atoms such as, but not limited to, a halogen atom such as F, CI, Br, and I; an oxygen atom in groups such as hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, and ester groups; a sulfur atom in groups such as thiol groups, alkyl and aryl sulfide groups, sulfone groups, sulfonyl groups, and sulfoxide groups; a nitrogen atom in groups such as amines, amides, alkylamines, dialkylamines, arylamines, alkylarylamines, diarylamines, N-oxides, imides, and enamines; a silicon atom in groups such as in trialkylsilyl groups, dialkylarylsilyl groups, alkyldiarylsilyl groups, and triarylsilyl groups; and other heteroatoms in various other groups. Substituted alkyl groups and also substituted cycloalkyl groups and others also include groups in which one or more bonds to a carbon(s) or hydrogen(s) atom is replaced by a bond to a heteroatom such as oxygen in carbonyl, carboxyl, and ester groups; nitrogen in groups such as imines, oximes, hydrazones, and nitriles.
[0082] Substituted cycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heterocyclyl and substituted heteroaryl also include rings and fused ring systems in which a bond to a hydrogen atom is replaced with a bond to a carbon atom. Therefore, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heterocyclyl and substituted heteroaryl groups may also be substituted with alkyl groups as defined above.
[0083] Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include a salt with an inorganic base, organic base, inorganic acid, organic acid, or basic or acidic amino acid. As salts of inorganic bases, the invention includes, for example, alkali metals such as sodium or potassium, alkali earth metals such as calcium and magnesium or aluminum, and ammonia. As salts of organic bases, the invention includes, for example, trimethylamine, triethylamine, pyridine, picoline, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine. As salts of inorganic acids, the instant invention includes, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydroboric acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, and phosphoric acid. As salts of organic acids, the instant invention includes, for example, formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, fumaric acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, maleic acid, citric acid, succinic acid, malic acid, methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, and p-toluenesulfonic acid. As salts of basic amino acids, the instant invention includes, for example, arginine, lysine and ornithine. Acidic amino acids include, for example, aspartic acid and glutamic acid.
[0084] The term "protected" with respect to hydroxyl groups, amine groups, and sulfhydryl groups refers to forms of these functionalities which are protected from undesirable reaction with a protecting group known to those skilled in the art such as those set forth in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Greene, T.W.; Wuts, P. G. M., John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, (3rd Edition, 1999) which can be added or removed using the procedures set forth therein. Examples of protected hydroxyl groups include, but are not limited to, silyl ethers such as those obtained by reaction of a hydroxyl group with a reagent such as, but not limited to, t-butyldimethyl-chlorosilane, trimethylchlorosilane, triisopropylchlorosilane, triethylchlorosilane; substituted methyl and ethyl ethers such as, but not limited to methoxymethyl ether, methythiomethyl ether, benzyloxymethyl ether, t-butoxymethyl ether, 2- methoxyethoxymethyl ether, tetrahydropyranyl ethers, 1 -ethoxyethyl ether, allyl ether, benzyl ether; esters such as, but not limited to, benzoylformate, formate, acetate, trichloroacetate, and trifluoracetate. Examples of protected amine groups include, but are not limited to, amides such as, formamide, acetamide, trifluoroacetamide, and benzamide; imides, such as phthalimide, and dithiosuccinimide; and others. Examples of protected sulfhydryl groups include, but are not limited to, thioethers such as S-benzyl thioether, and S-4- picolyl thioether; substituted S-methyl derivatives such as hemithio, dithio and aminothio acetals; and others.
[0085] Prodrugs, as used in the context of the instant invention, includes those derivatives of the instant compounds which undergo in vivo metabolic biotransformation, by enzymatic or nonenzymatic processes, such as hydrolysis, to form a compound of the invention. Prodrugs can be employed to improve pharmaceutical or biological properties, as for example solubility, melting point, stability and related physicochemical properties, absorption, pharmacodynamics and other delivery-related properties.
[0086] The instant invention provides potent and specific agonists of
MC4-R that are low molecular weight small molecules. In accordance with one aspect of the invention, the invention provides compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC. Compounds of the invention further include prodrugs of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, hydrates thereof, hydrides thereof, or solvates thereof.
[0087] Compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC have the following structure.
Figure imgf000043_0001
IA IB
Figure imgf000043_0002
IC
[0088] In compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, Z1 is selected from the group consisting of CR4 and N. In some embodiments of the compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, Z1 is a CR4 group whereas in other embodiments, Z1 is a N.
[0089] In compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, Z2 is selected from the group consisting of CR5 and N. In some embodiments of the compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, Z2 is a CR5 group whereas in other embodiments, Z2 is a N.
[0090] In compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, Z3 is selected from the group consisting of CR6 and N. In some embodiments of the compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, Z3 is a CR6 group whereas in other embodiments, Z3 is a N. [0091] In some embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC,
Z1 is a CR4 group, Z2 is a CR5 group, and Z3 is a CR6 group. Thus, in some embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, the ring that includes Z1, Z2, and Z3 may be a carbocyclic aromatic ring. In some embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, where Z1 is a CR4 group, Z2 is a CR5 group, and Z3 is a CR6 group, at least one of R4, R5, or R6 is a halogen such as CI or F. In other such embodiments, at least one of R4, R5, or R6 is a F.
[0092] In some embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, at least one of Z1, Z2, or Z3 is a N.
[0093] In compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups. In some embodiments of the compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group. In other embodiments of the compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1 is selected from 2,4-dihalophenylethyl and 2,4-diaIkylphenylethyl groups. In still other embodiments of the compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1 is selected from the group that includes phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4- methoxyphenylethyl, 4-phenoxyphenyIethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4- methylphenylethyl, 4-chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-bromophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-4-fluorophenylethyl, 2,4- difluorophenylethyl, 2,4-dimethylphenylethyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, (2- pyridyl)ethyl, (3-pyridyl)ethyl, (4-pyridyl )ethyl, (pyridyl)(hydroxymethyI)ethyl, (phenyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl groups, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryiχarylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, and substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl groups.
[0094] In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds of formula IA, IB and IC in which R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
[0095] In compounds of formula IB, R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcarbonyl, and arylcarbonyl groups. In some embodiments of the compounds of formula IB, R2 is H.
[0096] In compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups. In some embodiments of the compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is H. In still further embodiments, the invention provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group. In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds in which R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, heterocyclyl group, alkylamino group, or cycloalkyl amino group. In some such embodiments, R3 is selected from substituted and unsubstituted 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrazine, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, and cyclopropylamino groups.
[0097] In compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R4, R5, and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CI, I, F, Br, OH, NH2, CN, N02, and substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylamino, heteroarylamino, aminocarbonyl, aikylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heterocyclylaminocarbonyl, and heteroarylaminocarbonyl groups. In some embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R4, R5, and R6 are selected from H or a halogen such as CI or F. In other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, at least one of R4, R5, or R6 is a F whereas in other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R4, R5, and R6 are all H.
[0098] In compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, W is a group of formula
IIA or IIB having the following structure.
Figure imgf000046_0001
IIA IIB
[0099] In compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups, and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups. In compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both bound, may alternatively form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl group. In one embodiment of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1' is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups. In still other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1' is H and R2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3- chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3-methyl benzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3- methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups. In still further embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1' and R2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups. In yet other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1 and R2 may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3-methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4- fluorobenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups. In still other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group. In other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1 and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated heterocyclyl group comprising at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, in addition to the nitrogen atom to which R1 and R2 are bound. In another embodiment of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring containing at least two nitrogen atoms. In still another embodiment of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring containing at least one oxygen atom and one nitrogen atom. In yet other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazino, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, homopiperazino, or azepino group. In still further embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a piperazino group optionally substituted by one or two alkyl groups or in one embodiment by one or two methyl groups.
[0100] In compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups. In one embodiment of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, polycyclic cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl, and aryl groups. In still other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-alkylcycIohexyl, 2,2-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,3- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,5-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,6- dialkylcyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 3-alkylcyclohexyl, 4-alkylcyclohexyl, 3,3,5-trialkylcyclohexyl, cyclohexyl methyl, 2-aminocyclohexyl, 3- aminocyclohexyl, 4-aminocyclohexyl, 2,3-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,4- diaminocyclohexyl, 3,4-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,5-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,6- diaminocyclohexyl, 2,2-diaminocyclohexyl, 2-alkoxycyclohexyl, 3- alkoxycyclohexyl, 4-alkoxycyclohexyl, 2,3-dialkoxycycIohexyl, 2,4- dialkoxycyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,5-dialkoxycycIohexyl, 2,6- dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2-alkylthiocycIohexyl, 3- alkylthiocyclohexyl, 4-alkylthiocyclohexyI, 2,3-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,4- dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 3,4-diaIkylthiocycIohexyl, 2,5-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,6- dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, fluorocycloalkyl, fluoroalkylcycloalkyl, trifluoromethylcycloalkyl, cyclopentyl, cycloheptyl, cyclohexenyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyclooctyl, 2-arylcyclohexyI, 2- phenylcyclohexyl, 2-arylalkylcyclohexyl, 2-benzyIcyclohexyl, 4- phenylcyclohexyl, adamantyl, isocamphenyl, carenyl, 7,7-dialkylnorbomyl, bornyl, norbornyl, and decalinyl groups. In still other embodiments of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-methylcyclohexyl, 2,2- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,5- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3- methylcyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 3,3,5- trimethylcyclohexyl, 4-f-butylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, isopinocampheyl, 7,7-dimethylnorbornyl, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl, 3-methylcycloheptyl groups, 2- fluoro-4-methylcyclohexyl, 4-fluoro-2-methylcyclohexyl, 4,4-difluoro-2- methylcyclohexyl, 4-trifluoromethylcyclohexyl, 2-methyl-4- trifluoromethylcyclohexyl, 2-fluoromethylcyclohexyl, trifluoromethyl(polycyclic cycloalkyl), fluoromethyl(polycycIic cycloalkyl), and fluoro(polycy ic cycloalkyl) groups. By way of nonlimiting example, suitable R3 cycloalkyl, cyclohexyl, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups that include fluorine, include, but are not limited to, the following structures:
Figure imgf000049_0001
[0101] In compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R4' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups. In one embodiment of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC, R4' is H. [0102] In one embodiment of the compounds of formula IA, the compounds of formula IA are selected from the group consisting of compounds having the formula IIIA, IIIB, INC, MID, HIE, HIF, and IIIG such as shown below where R1, W, R1', R2', R3', and R4 have the same values as those described above with respect to the compounds and various embodiments of formula IA, IB, and IC.
Figure imgf000050_0001
IIIG
[0103] In an embodiment of the compounds of formula IB, the compounds of formula IB are selected from the group consisting of compounds having the formula IVA and IVB such as shown below where R1, W, R1', R2', R3 , and R4' have the same values as those described above with respect to the compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC.
Figure imgf000051_0001
IVA IVB
[0104] The instant invention provides a second group of compounds that are potent and specific agonists of MC4-R that are low molecular weight small molecules. Thus, in accordance with one aspect of the invention, the invention provides a second group of compounds of formula IA and IC. Compounds of the invention further include prodrugs of compounds of formula I A and IC, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, hydrates thereof, hydrides thereof, or solvates thereof.
[0105] Compounds of formula IA and IC have the following structure.
Figure imgf000051_0002
IA IC
[0106] In the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, Z1 is selected from the group consisting of CR4 and N. In some embodiments of the second compounds of formula IA and IC, Z1 is a CR4 group whereas in other embodiments, Z1 is a N.
[0107] In the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, Z2 is selected from the group consisting of CR5 and N. In some embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, Z2 is a CR5 group whereas in other embodiments, Z2 is a N.
[0108] In the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, Z3 is selected from the group consisting of CR6 and N. In some embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, Z3 is a CR6 group whereas in other embodiments, Z3 is a N.
[0109] In some embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, Z1 is a CR4 group, Z2 is a CR5 group, and Z3 is a CR6 group. Thus, in some embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, the ring that includes Z1, Z2, and Z3 may be a carbocyclic aromatic ring. In some embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, where Z1 is a CR4 group, Z2 is a CR5 group, and Z3 is a CR6 group, at least one of R4, R5, or R6 is a halogen such as CI or F. In other such embodiments, at least one of R4, R5, or R6 is a F.
[0110] In some embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula I A and IC, at least one of Z1, Z2, or Z3 is a N.
[0111] In the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups. In some embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group. In other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1 is selected from 2,4- dihalophenylethyl and 2,4-dialkylphenylethyl groups. In still other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1 is selected from the group that includes phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4- methoxyphenylethyl, 4-phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenyIethyl, 4- methylphenylethyl, 4-chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chIorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-bromophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-4-fluorophenylethyl, 2,4- difluorophenylethyl, 2,4-dimethylphenylethyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, (2- pyridyl)ethyl, (3-pyridyl)ethyl, (4-pyridyl)ethyl, (pyridyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, (phenyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyI, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl groups, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryI)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(aryloxymethyI)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryI)(heteroaryloxymethyI)ethyl, and substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl groups. In some embodiments of the second group of compounds, R1 is a H or is an alkyl group having from one to eight carbon atoms. In some such embodiments, R1 is H whereas in other such embodiments, R1 is a methyl, ethyl, or propyl group. In some such embodiments, R1 is a methyl group.
[0112] In still further embodiments, the invention provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
[0113] In the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl groups, and -C(=NH)-heterocyclyl groups, and groups of formula -LR7. In some embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group. In other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is selected from 2,4-dihalophenylethyl and 2,4-dialkylphenylethyl groups. In still other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is selected from the group that includes phenylethyl, 2,4- dichlorophenylethyl, 4-methoxyphenylethyl, 4-phenoxyphenylethyl, 4- bromophenylethyl, 4-methylphenylethyI, 4-chlorophenylethyl, 4- ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyl, 2- chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3-methoxyphenylethyl, 3- fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4- dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methyl phenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenylethyI, 2~fluoro-4-bromophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-4-fluorophenylethyl, 2,4- difluorophenylethyl, 2,4-dimethylphenylethyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, (2- pyridyl)ethyl, (3-pyridyl)ethyl, (4-pyridyl )ethyl, (pyridyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, (phenyI)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl groups, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyI, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, and substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl groups. In some embodiments of the second group of compounds, R3 has any of the values described in this paragraph, and R1 is H or is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group. In some such embodiments, R1 is H.
[0114] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the second group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryloxyalkyl group. In some such embodiments, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxymethyl group. In some such embodiments, of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-0-aryl groups where the aryl group is substituted with one or more halogen group such as with one or more CI or F. In some such embodiments, the aryl group is additionally substituted with an alkoxy group such as a methoxy or ethoxy group. In some embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is a -CH2-0-aryl group where the aryl group is selected from the group consisting of 2,4-difluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl,
2~fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 4-chIorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, and 2-chloro-4~methoxyphenyl groups. In other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is a heterocyclylalkyl group. In some other embodiments, of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkoxyalkyl group or a heteroarylalkoxyalkyl group.
[0115] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the second group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula IA and IC in which R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl group. In some such embodiments, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylmethyl group. In some such embodiments, the heterocyclyl group is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted 1 H-tetrazole, piperazine, piperidine, imidazole, and morpholine groups. In some such embodiments, R3 is a -CH2-heterocyclyl group where the heterocyclyl group is a 1 H-tetrazole, an imidazole, an N-methylpiperazine, a 4-hydroxypiperidine, a 3-hydroxypiperidine, or a morpholine. In still other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is a heterocyclyl group. In some embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted piperazinyl group such as an N-methylpiperazinyl group, is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridine group, is a substituted or unsubstituted tetrazole group, is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group such as a 4-methylcyclohexyl group, or is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group. In yet other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is an alkoxyalkyl group such as a methoxyalkyl group or an ethoxyalkyl group. In some such embodiments, R3 is a an alkoxyalkyl group such as an alkoxymethyl group such as a methoxymethyl group.
[0116] In some other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group. In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds in which R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, heterocyclyl group, alkylamino group, or cycloalkyl amino group. In some such embodiments, R3 is selected from substituted and unsubstituted 2-pyridyl, 3- pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrazine, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, and cyclopropylamino groups
[0117] In some embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1 is an arylalkyl group such as those described above for R3. In some such embodiments, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenylethyl group and R3 is an alkyl group such as a methyl group. In other embodiments of the second group of compounds, R1 is an alkyl group such as a methyl group and R3 is selected from substituted aryloxyalkyl groups, phenylaminoalkyl groups or groups of -LR7 where R7 is a group formula IIC.
[0118] In the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R4, R5, and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CI, I, F, Br, OH, NH2, CN, N02, and substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylamino, heteroarylamino, aminocarbonyl, aikylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heterocyclylaminocarbonyl, and heteroarylaminocarbonyl groups. In some embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R4, R5, and R6 are selected from H or a halogen such as CI or F. In other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, at least one of R4, R5, or R6 is a F whereas in other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R4, R5, and R6 are all H.
[0119] In the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, W is a group of formula IIA or IIB having the following structure.
Figure imgf000057_0001
IIA IIB
[0120] In the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups, and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups. In the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R and R2', together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both bound, may alternatively form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl group. In one embodiment of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1' is H and R2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups. In still other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1 is H and R2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4- dichiorobenzyl, 3-methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2- chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups. In still further embodiments of second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1' and R2 may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups. In yet other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1 and R2 may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3- methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups. In still other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1 and R2 , together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group. In other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated heterocyclyl group comprising at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, in addition to the nitrogen atom to which R and R2' are bound. In another embodiment of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1 and R2 , together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring containing at least two nitrogen atoms. In still another embodiment of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring containing at least one oxygen atom and one nitrogen atom. In yet other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1 and R2 , together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazino, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, homopiperazino, or azepino group. In still further embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R1 and R2 , together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a piperazino group optionally substituted by one or two alkyl groups or in one embodiment by one or two methyl groups.
[0121] In the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups. In one embodiment of the second group of compounds of formula IA, and IC, R3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, polycyclic cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl, and aryl groups. In still other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-alkylcyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,4- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,5-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dialkylcyclohexyl, 3,4- dialkylcyclohexyl, 3-alkylcyclohexyl, 4-alkylcyclohexyl, 3,3,5-trialkylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 2-aminocyclohexyl, 3-aminocyclohexyl, 4-aminocyclohexyl, 2,3-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,4-diaminocyclohexyI, 3,4-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,5- diaminocyclohexyl, 2,6-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,2-diaminocyclohexyl, 2- alkoxycyclohexyl, 3-alkoxycyclohexyl, 4-alkoxycyclohexyI, 2,3- dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,5- dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,6-dialkoxycyclohexyI, 2,2-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2- alkylthiocyclohexyl, 3-alkyIthiocyclohexyl, 4-alkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,3- dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,5- dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,6-dialkylthiocyclohexyI, 2,2-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, fluorocycloalkyl, fluoroalkylcycloalkyl, trifluoromethylcycloalkyl, cyclopentyl, cycloheptyl, cyclohexenyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyclooctyl, 2-arylcyclohexyl, 2- phenylcyclohexyl, 2-arylalkylcyclohexyl, 2-benzylcyclohexyl, 4- phenylcyclohexyl, adamantyl, isocamphenyl, carenyl, 7,7-dialkylnorbornyl, bornyl, norbornyl, and decalinyl groups. In still other embodiments of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2- methylcyclohexyl, 2,2-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,4- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,5-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3,4- dimethylcyclohexyl, 3-methylcyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexyl, 4-f-butylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, isopinocampheyl, 7,7-dimethylnorbornyl, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl, 3- methylcycloheptyl groups, 2-fluoro-4-methylcyclohexyl, 4-fluoro-2- methylcyclohexyl, 4,4-difluoro-2-methylcyclohexyl, 4-trifluoromethylcyclohexyl, 2-methyl-4-trifluoromethylcyclohexyl, 2-fluoromethylcyclohexyl, trifluoromethyl(polycycIic cycloalkyl), fluoromethyl(polycyclic cycloalkyl), and fluoro(polycyclic cycloalkyl) groups. By way of nonlimiting example, suitable R3' cycloalkyl, cyclohexyl, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups that include fluorine, include, but are not limited to, the structures set forth above with respect to the first group of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC.
[0122] In the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups. In one embodiment of the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R4 is H.
[0123] In the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, L is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, -CH2-, -0-, -S-, and -NH-.
[0124] In the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R7 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted arylaminoalkyl, aryl, and aryloxyalkyl groups or is selected from a group of formula IIC;
Figure imgf000061_0001
IIC
[0125] In the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, Y is selected from the group consisting of CH2, O, S, and NR9 where R9. In some embodiments, Y is an NR9 group and in some such embodiments, m is 1. In some such embodiments, R9 is an alkyl group such as a methyl group or is a H.
[0126] In the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, a halogen, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkylaminoalkyl, heterocyclyl, alkoxy, carbonyl, and aminocarbonyl groups.
[0127] In the second group of compounds of formula IA and IC, m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1 , and 2. In some embodiments, m is 1.
[0128] The instant invention provides a third group of compounds that are potent and specific agonists of MC4-R that are low molecular weight small molecules. Thus, in accordance with one aspect of the invention, the invention provides a third group of compounds of formula ID. Compounds of the invention further include prodrugs of compounds of formula ID, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, hydrates thereof, hydrides thereof, or solvates thereof. [0129] Compounds of formula ID have the following structure.
Figure imgf000062_0001
In some embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, at least one of R4, R5, or R6 is a halogen such as CI or F. In other such embodiments, at least one of R4, R5, or R6 is a F.
[0130] In the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups. In some embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group. In other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R is selected from 2,4-dihalophenylethyl and 2,4- dialkylphenylethyl groups. In still other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1 is selected from the group that includes phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4-methoxyphenylethyl, 4- phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4-methylphenylethyl, 4- chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2- methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenyIethyl, 2-fluoro~4-bromophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-4-fluorophenylethyl, 2,4- difluorophenylethyl, 2,4-dimethylphenylethyI, 2,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, (2- pyridyl)ethyl, (3-pyridyl)ethyl, (4-pyridyl )ethyl, (pyridyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyI, (phenyI)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aιyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl groups, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, and substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl groups. In some embodiments of the third group of compounds, R1 is a H or is an alkyl group having from one to eight carbon atoms. In some such embodiments, R1 is H whereas in other such embodiments, R is a methyl, ethyl, or propyl group. In some such embodiments, R1 is a methyl group.
[0131] In still further embodiments, the invention provides compounds of formula ID in which R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group.
[0132] In the third group of compounds of formula ID, R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl groups, and -C(=NH)- heterocyclyl groups, and groups of formula -LR7. In some embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R2 is -H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group. In some embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group. In other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is selected from 2,4-dihalophenylethyl and 2,4-dialkylphenylethyl groups. In still other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is selected from the group that includes phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4- methoxyphenylethyl, 4-phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4- methylphenylethyl, 4-chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-bromophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-4-fluorophenylethyl, 2,4- difluorophenylethyl, 2,4-dimethylphenylethyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, (2- pyridyl)ethyl, (3-pyridyl)ethyl, (4-pyridyl)ethyl, (pyridyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, (phenyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryI)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl groups, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyI, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, and substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl groups. In some embodiments of the third group of compounds, R3 has any of the values described in this paragraph, and R1 or R2 is H or is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group. In some such embodiments, R1 is H. In other such embodiments, R2 is H.
[0133] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the third group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryloxyalkyl group. In some such embodiments, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxymethyl group. In some such embodiments, of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-0-aryl groups where the aryl group is substituted with one or more halogen group such as with one or more CI or F. In some such embodiments, the aryl group is additionally substituted with an alkoxy group such as a methoxy or ethoxy group. In some embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is a -CH2-0-aryl group where the aryl group is selected from the group consisting of 2,4-difluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, and 2-chloro-4-methoxyphenyI groups. In other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is a heterocyclylalkyl group. In some other embodiments, of compounds of formula ID, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkoxyalkyl group or a heteroarylalkoxyalkyl group.
[0134] In some aspects of the invention of compounds of the third group of potent and specific agonists of MC4-R, the invention further provides compounds of formula ID in which R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl group. In some such embodiments, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylmethyl group. In some such embodiments, the heterocyclyl group is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted 1 H-tetrazole, piperazine, piperidine, imidazole, and morpholine groups. In some such embodiments, R3 is a -CH2-heterocyclyl group where the heterocyclyl group is a 1 H-tetrazole, an imidazole, an N-methylpiperazine, a 4-hydroxypiperidine, a 3-hydroxypiperidine, or a morpholine. In still other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is a heterocyclyl group. In some embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted piperazinyl group such as an N-methylpiperazinyl group, is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridine group, is a substituted or unsubstituted tetrazole group, is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group such as a 4-methylcyclohexyl group, or is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group. In yet other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is an alkoxyalkyl group such as a methoxyalkyl group or an ethoxyalkyl group. In some such embodiments, R3 is a an alkoxyalkyl group such as an alkoxymethyl group such as a methoxymethyl group.
[0135] In some other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group. In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds in which R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, heterocyclyl group, alkylamino group, or cycloalkyl amino group. In some such embodiments, R3 is selected from substituted and unsubstituted 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrazine, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, and cyclopropylamino groups.
[0136] In some embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1 is an arylalkyl group such as those described above for R3. In some such embodiments, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenylethyl group and R3 is an alkyl group such as a methyl group. In other embodiments of the third group of compounds, R1 is an alkyl group such as a methyl group and R3 is selected from substituted aryloxyalkyl groups, phenylaminoalkyl groups or groups of -LR7 where R7 is a group formula IIC.
[0137] In the third group of compounds of formula ID, R4, R5, and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CI, I, F, Br, OH, NH2, CN, N02, and substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylamino, heteroarylamino, aminocarbonyl, aikylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heterocyclylaminocarbonyl, and heteroarylaminocarbonyl groups. In some embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R4, R5, and R6 are selected from H or a halogen such as CI or F. In other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, at least one of R4, R5, or R6 is a F whereas in other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R4, R5, and R6 are all H.
[0138] In the third group of compounds of formula ID, W is a group of formula IIA or IIB having the following structure.
Figure imgf000067_0001
IIA IIB
[0139] In the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups, and R2' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups. In the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both bound, may alternatively form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl group. In one embodiment of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1' is H and R2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups. In still other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3- methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups. In still further embodiments of third group of compounds of formula ID, R1' and R2 may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups. In yet other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1 and R2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3-methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3- methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups. In still other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1 and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group. In other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated heterocyclyl group comprising at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, in addition to the nitrogen atom to which R1' and R2' are bound. In another embodiment of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring containing at least two nitrogen atoms. In still another embodiment of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1 and R2 , together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring containing at least one oxygen atom and one nitrogen atom. In yet other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R and R2 , together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazino, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, homopiperazino, or azepino group. In still further embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a piperazino group optionally substituted by one or two alkyl groups or in one embodiment by one or two methyl groups.
[0140] In the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups. In one embodiment of the third group of compounds of formula IA, and IC, R3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, polycyclic cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl, and aryl groups. In still other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-alkylcyclohexyl, 2,2- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,5- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dialkylcyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 3- alkylcyclohexyl, 4-alkylcyclohexyl, 3,3,5-trialkylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 2-aminocyclohexyl, 3-aminocyclohexyl, 4-aminocyclohexyl, 2,3- diaminocyclohexyl, 2,4-diaminocyclohexyl, 3,4-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,5- diaminocyclohexyl, 2,6-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,2-diaminocyclohexyl, 2- alkoxycyclohexyl, 3-alkoxycyclohexyl, 4-alkoxycyclohexyl, 2,3- dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,5- dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,6-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2- alkylthiocyclohexyl, 3-alkylthiocyclohexyl, 4-alkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,3- dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkyIthiocyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,5- dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,6-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, fluorocycloalkyl, fluoroalkylcycloalkyl, trifluoromethylcycloalkyl, cyclopentyl, cycloheptyl, cyclohexenyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyclooctyl, 2-arylcyclohexyl, 2- phenylcyclohexyl, 2-arylalkylcyclohexyl, 2-benzylcyclohexyl, 4- phenylcyclohexyl, adamantyl, isocamphenyl, carenyl, 7,7-dialkylnorbomyl, bornyl, norbornyl, and decalinyl groups. In still other embodiments of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-methylcyclohexyl, 2,2- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,5- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 3- methylcyclohexyl, 4-methylcycIohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 3,3,5- trimethylcyclohexyl, 4-f-butylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, isopinocampheyl, 7,7-dimethylnorbornyl, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl, 3-methylcycloheptyl groups, 2- fluoro-4-methylcyclohexyi, 4-fluoro-2-methylcyclohexyl, 4,4-difluoro-2- methylcyclohexyl, 4-trifluoromethylcyclohexyl, 2-methyl-4- trifluoromethylcyclohexyl, 2-fluoromethylcyclohexyl, trifluoromethyl(polycyclic cycloalkyl), fluoromethyl(polycyclic cycloalkyl), and fluoro(polycyclic cycloalkyl) groups. By way of nonlimiting example, suitable R3' cycloalkyl, cyclohexyl, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups that include fluorine, include, but are not limited to, the structures set forth above with respect to the first group of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC.
[0141] In the third group of compounds of formula ID, R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups. In one embodiment of the third group of compounds of formula ID, R4 is H.
[0142] In the third group of compounds of formula ID, L is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, -CH2-, -0-, -S-, and -NH-.
[0143] In the third group of compounds of formula ID, R7 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted arylaminoalkyl, aryl, and aryloxyalkyl groups or is selected from a group of formula IIC;
Figure imgf000070_0001
IIC
[0144] In the third group of compounds of formula ID, Y is selected from the group consisting of CH2, O, S, and NR9 where R9. In some embodiments, Y is an NR9 group and in some such embodiments, m is 1. In some such embodiments, R9 is an alkyl group such as a methyl group or is a H.
[0145] In the third group of compounds of formula ID, R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, a halogen, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkylaminoalkyl, heterocyclyl, alkoxy, carbonyl, and aminocarbonyl groups. [0146] In the third group of compounds of formula ID, m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1 , and 2. In some embodiments, m is 1.
[0147] The instant invention provides a fourth group of compounds that are potent and specific agonists of MC4-R that are low molecular weight small molecules. Thus, in accordance with one aspect of the invention, the invention provides a fourth group of compounds of formula IE. Compounds of the invention further include prodrugs of compounds of formula IE, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, hydrates thereof, hydrides thereof, or solvates thereof.
[0148] Compounds of formula IE have the following structure.
Figure imgf000071_0001
[0149] In some embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE at least one of R4, R5, or R6 is a halogen such as CI or F. In other such embodiments, at least one of R4, R5, or R6 is a F.
[0150] In the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups. In some embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1 is a 2,4-disubstituted phenylethyl group. In other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R is selected from 2,4-dihalophenylethyl and 2,4- dialkylphenylethyl groups. In still other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1 is selected from the group that includes phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4-methoxyphenylethyl, 4- phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4-methylphenylethyl, 4- chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2- methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-bromophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-4-fluorophenylethyl, 2,4- difluorophenylethyl, 2,4-dimethylphenylethyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, (2- pyridyl)ethyl, (3-pyridyl)ethyl, (4-pyridyl)ethyI, (pyridyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, (phenyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl groups, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyI, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, and substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl groups. In some embodiments of the fourth group of compounds, R1 is a H or is an alkyl group having from one to eight carbon atoms. In some such embodiments, R1 is H whereas in other such embodiments, R1 is a methyl, ethyl, or propyl group. In some such embodiments, R1 is a methyl group.
[0151] In still further embodiments, the invention provides compounds of formula IE in which R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group such as a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted vinyl group. [0152] In the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1 is H or is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group. In some such embodiments, R1 is H.
[0153] In the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R4, R5, and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CI, I, F, Br, OH, NH2, CN, N02, and substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylamino, heteroarylamino, aminocarbonyl, aikylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heterocyclylaminocarbonyl, and heteroarylaminocarbonyl groups. In some embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R4, R5, and R6 are selected from H or a halogen such as CI or F. In other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, at least one of R4, R5, or R6 is a F whereas in other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R4, R5, and R6 are all H.
[0154] In the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, W is a group of formula IIA or IIB having the following structure.
Figure imgf000073_0001
IIA IIB
[0155] In the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups, and R2' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups. In the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1' and R2 , together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both bound, may alternatively form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl group. In one embodiment of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1' is H and R2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups. In still other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1' is H and R2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3- methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups. In still further embodiments of fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1' and R2 may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups. In yet other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1' and R2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3-methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3- methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups. In still other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1 and R2 , together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group. In other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1' and R2, together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated heterocyclyl group comprising at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, in addition to the nitrogen atom to which R1' and R2' are bound. In another embodiment of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1 and R2', together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring containing at least two nitrogen atoms. In still another embodiment of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring containing at least one oxygen atom and one nitrogen atom. In yet other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazino, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, homopiperazino, or azepino group. In still further embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, Rr and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a piperazino group optionally substituted by one or two alkyl groups or in one embodiment by one or two methyl groups.
[0156] In the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R3' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups. In one embodiment of the fourth group of compounds of formula IA, and IC, R3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, polycyclic cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl, and aryl groups. In still other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-alkylcyclohexyl, 2,2- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,5- dialkylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dialkylcyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkylcyclohexyl, 3- alkylcyclohexyl, 4-alkylcyclohexyl, 3,3,5-trialkylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 2-aminocyclohexyl, 3-aminocyclohexyl, 4-aminocyclohexyl, 2,3- diaminocyclohexyl, 2,4-diaminocycIohexyl, 3,4-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,5- diaminocyclohexyl, 2,6-diaminocyclohexyl, 2,2-diaminocyclohexyl, 2- alkoxycyclohexyl, 3-alkoxycyclohexyl, 4-alkoxycycIohexyl, 2,3- dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 3,4-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,5- dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,6-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkoxycyclohexyl, 2- alkylthiocyclohexyl, 3-alkylthiocyclohexyl, 4-alkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,3- dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,4-dialkylthiocycIohexyl, 3,4-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,5- dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,6-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, 2,2-dialkylthiocyclohexyl, fluorocycloalkyl, fluoroalkylcycloalkyl, trifluoromethylcycloalkyl, cyclopentyl, cycloheptyl, cyclohexenyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyclooctyl, 2-arylcyclohexyl, 2- phenylcyclohexyl, 2-arylalkylcyclohexyl, 2-benzylcyclohexyl, 4- phenylcyclohexyl, adamantyl, isocamphenyl, carenyl, 7,7-dialkylnorbornyl, bornyl, norbornyl, and decalinyl groups. In still other embodiments of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cyclohexyl, 2-methylcyclohexyl, 2,2-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,3-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,4-dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,5- dimethylcyclohexyl, 2,6-dimethylcycIohexyl, 3,4-dimethylcycIohexyl, 3- methylcyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 3,3,5- trimethylcyclohexyl, 4-.-butylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, isopinocampheyl, 7,7-dimethylnorbornyl, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl, 3-methylcycloheptyl groups, 2- fluoro-4-methylcyclohexyl, 4-fluoro-2-methylcyclohexyl, 4,4-difluoro-2- methylcyclohexyl, 4-trifluoromethylcyclohexyl, 2-methyl-4- trifluoromethylcyclohexyl, 2-fluoromethylcyclohexyl, trifluoromethyl(polycyclic cycloalkyl), fluoromethyl(polycyclic cycloalkyl), and fluoro(polycyclic cycloalkyl) groups. By way of nonlimiting example, suitable R3 cycloalkyl, cyclohexyl, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups that include fluorine, include, but are not limited to, the structures set forth above with respect to the first group of compounds of formula IA, IB, and IC.
[0157] In the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups. In one embodiment of the fourth group of compounds of formula IE, R4 is H.
[0158] In some embodiments of any of the compounds of the invention which includes a W group of formula IIA or IIB where R1' and R2' join together with the nitrogen to which they are bound to form a heterocyclic group, the heterocyclic group is substituted with a -CN group, an -OH group, a -CF3 group, a -CH2F group, a -CHF2 group, a -CH2CN group, a -CH20H group, a - CH20-alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopropyl group. In some such compounds, the heterocyclic compound is a piperidine or a piperazine. In some such compounds, R and R2' join together with the nitrogen to which they are bound to form a piperazine in which the N atom in the piperazine ring which is not part of the guanidine group is substituted with a -C≡N group, an - OH group, a -CH CN group, or a cycloalkyl group. In some compounds in which R1 and R2' join together with the nitrogen to which they are bound to form a heterocyclic ring, the heterocycle is a bicyclic structure that includes a spirocenter such that the heterocyclic ring is part of a spirocyclic structure. In some compounds in which R1 and R2 join together with the nitrogen to which they are bound to form a heterocyclic ring, the heterocyclic ring is substituted such that a ring carbon atom of the heterocyclic ring is a carbonyl carbon or the carbon of the heterocyclic ring is replaced with a sulfur that is bonded to one or more oxygen atoms. For example, in some embodiments R1' and R2' join together with the nitrogen to which they are bound to form a piperazine ring in which one of the ring carbon atoms is a carbonyl carbon atom such that the piperazine compound is a lactam which may be further substituted, for example, with an alkyl group such as a methyl group.
[0159] There has also been provided, in accordance with another aspect of the invention, a composition such as a pharmaceutical formulation or medicament comprising a compound according to the instant invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The invention further provides the use of the compounds of the invention in preparing a medicament such as a medicament for use in treating an MC4-R mediated disease. In some embodiments, such a disease is obesity or type II diabetes.
[0160] There has also been provided, in accordance with another aspect of the invention, a method of activating MC4-R in a subject, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound or composition of the instant invention. In some embodiments, the compound or composition is administered to the subject intranasally. In some embodiments, the subject is human.
[0161] There has also been provided, in accordance with another aspect of the invention, a method of treating an MC4-R-mediated disease, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a compound or composition of the instant invention. In some embodiments, the compound or composition is administered to the subject intranasally. In some embodiments, the subject is human
[0162] In one embodiment, a disease to be treated by those methods of the instant invention is obesity, or type I or type II diabetes.
[0163] In another embodiment, a condition to be treated by those methods of the instant invention is a condition associated with or a complication arising from obesity or type II diabetes.
[0164] In another embodiment, a condition to be treated by those methods of the instant invention is erectile dysfunction.
[0165] In another embodiment, a disease to be treated by those methods of the instant invention is polycystic ovary disease.
[0166] In another embodiment, a disease to be treated by those methods of the instant invention is Syndrome X.
[0167] The invention also includes tautomers of the instant compounds.
The instant invention also includes prodrugs, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, hydrates, hydrides, and solvates of these tautomers.
[0168] The instant compounds may exist as one or more stereoisomers. The various stereoisomers include enantiomers, diastereomers, atropisomers and geometric isomers. In some cases, one stereoisomer may be more active and/or may exhibit beneficial effects in comparison to other stereoisomer(s) or when separated from the other stereoisomer(s). However, it is well within the skill of the ordinary artisan to separate, and/or to selectively prepare said stereoisomers. Accordingly, "stereoisomers" of the instant invention necessarily includes mixtures of stereoisomers, individual stereoisomers, or optically active forms.
[0169] The instant invention also provides for compositions which may be prepared by mixing one or more compounds of the instant invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or tautomers thereof, with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, binders, diluents or the like, to treat or ameliorate a variety of disorders. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to obesity, erectile disorders, cardiovascular disorders, neuronal injuries or disorders, inflammation, fever, cognitive disorders, sexual behavior disorders. A therapeutically effective dose further refers to that amount of one or more compounds of the instant invention sufficient to result in amelioration of symptoms of the disorder. The pharmaceutical compositions of the instant invention can be manufactured by methods well known in the art such as conventional granulating, mixing, dissolving, encapsulating, lyophilizing, emulsifying or levigating processes, among others. The compositions can be in the form of, for example, granules, powders, tablets, capsules, syrup, suppositories, injections, emulsions, elixirs, suspensions or solutions. The instant compositions can be formulated for various routes of administration, for example, by oral administration, by intranasal administration, by transmucosal administration, by rectal administration, or subcutaneous administration as well as intrathecal, intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intranasal, intraocular or intraventricular injection. The compound or compounds of the instant invention can also be administered in a local rather than a systemic fashion, such as injection as a sustained release formulation. The following dosage forms are given by way of example and should not be construed as limiting the instant invention.
[0170] For oral, buccal, and sublingual administration, powders, suspensions, granules, tablets, pills, capsules, gelcaps, and caplets are acceptable as solid dosage forms. These can be prepared, for example, by mixing one or more compounds of the instant invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or tautomers thereof, with at least one additive or excipient such as a starch or other additive. Suitable additives or excipients are sucrose, lactose, cellulose sugar, mannitol, maltitol, dextran, sorbitol, starch, agar, alginates, chitins, chitosans, pectins, tragacanth gum, gum arabic, gelatins, collagens, casein, albumin, synthetic or semi-synthetic polymers or glycerides, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone. Optionally, oral dosage forms can contain other ingredients to aid in administration, such as an inactive diluent, or lubricants such as magnesium stearate, or preservatives such as paraben or sorbic acid, or anti-oxidants such as ascorbic acid, tocopherol or cysteine, a disintegrating agent, binders, a thickeners, buffers, a sweeteners, flavoring agents or perfuming agents. Additionally, dyestuffs or pigments may be added for identification. Tablets and pills may be further treated with suitable coating materials known in the art.
[0171] Liquid dosage forms for oral administration may be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, syrups, elixirs, suspensions, slurries and solutions, which may contain an inactive diluent, such as water. Pharmaceutical formulations may be prepared as liquid suspensions or solutions using a sterile liquid, such as, but not limited to, an oil, water, an alcohol, and combinations of these. Pharmaceutically suitable surfactants, suspending agents, emulsifying agents, may be added for oral or parenteral administration.
[0172] As noted above, suspensions may include oils. Such oils include, but are not limited to, peanut oil, sesame oil, cottonseed oil, corn oil and olive oil. Suspension preparation may also contain esters of fatty acids such as ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, fatty acid glycerides and acetylated fatty acid glycerides. Suspension formulations may include alcohols, such as, but not limited to, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, hexadecyl alcohol, glycerol and propylene glycol. Ethers, such as but not limited to, poly(ethyleneglycol), petroleum hydrocarbons such as mineral oil and petrolatum; and water may also be used in suspension formulations.
[0173] For intranasal administration (e.g., to deliver compounds to the brain), or administration by inhalation (e.g., to deliver compounds through the lungs), the pharmaceutical formulations may be a solution, a spray, a dry powder, or aerosol containing any appropriate solvents and optionally other compounds such as, but not limited to, stabilizers, antimicrobial agents, antioxidants, pH modifiers, surfactants, bioavailability modifiers and combinations of these. Examples of intranasal formulations and methods of administration can be found in WO 01/41782, WO 00/33813, WO 91/97947, U.S. Patent No. 6,180,603, and U.S. Patent No. 5,624,898. A propellant for an aerosol formulation may include compressed air, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or a hydrocarbon based low boiling solvent. The compound or compounds of the instant invention are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from a nebulizer or the like.
[0174] Injectable dosage forms generally include aqueous suspensions or oil suspensions which may be prepared using a suitable dispersant or wetting agent and a suspending agent. Injectable forms may be in solution phase or in the form of a suspension, which is prepared with a solvent or diluent. Acceptable solvents or vehicles include sterilized water, Ringer's solution, or an isotonic aqueous saline solution. Alternatively, sterile oils may be employed as solvents or suspending agents. Preferably, the oil or fatty acid is non-volatile, including natural or synthetic oils, fatty acids, mono-, di- or tri-glycerides.
[0175] For injection, the pharmaceutical formulation may be a powder suitable for reconstitution with an appropriate solution as described above. Examples of these include, but are not limited to, freeze dried, rotary dried or spray dried powders, amorphous powders, granules, precipitates, or particulates. For injection, the formulations may optionally contain stabilizers, pH modifiers, surfactants, bioavailability modifiers and combinations of these. The compounds may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection such as by bolus injection or continuous infusion. A unit dosage form for injection may be in ampoules or in multi-dose containers.
[0176] For rectal administration, the pharmaceutical formulations may be in the form of a suppository, an ointment, an enema, a tablet or a cream for release of compound in the intestines, sigmoid flexure and/or rectum. Rectal suppositories are prepared by mixing one or more compounds of the instant invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or tautomers of the compound, with acceptable vehicles, for example, cocoa butter or polyethylene glycol, which is present in a solid phase at normal storing temperatures, and present in a liquid phase at those temperatures suitable to release a drug inside the body, such as in the rectum. Oils may also be employed in the preparation of formulations of the soft gelatin type and suppositories. Water, saline, aqueous dextrose and related sugar solutions, and glycerols may be employed in the preparation of suspension formulations which may also contain suspending agents such as pectins, carbomers, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose or carboxymethyl cellulose, as well as buffers and preservatives.
[0177] Besides those representative dosage forms described above, pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and carriers are generally known to those skilled in the art and are thus included in the instant invention. Such excipients and carriers are described, for example, in "Remingtons Pharmaceutical Sciences" Mack Pub. Co., New Jersey (1991 ), which is incorporated herein by reference.
[0178] The formulations of the invention may be designed for to be short-acting, fast-releasing, long-acting, and sustained-releasing as described below. Thus, the pharmaceutical formulations may also be formulated for controlled release or for slow release.
[0179] The instant compositions may also comprise, for example, micelles or liposomes, or some other encapsulated form, or may be administered in an extended release form to provide a prolonged storage and/or delivery effect. Therefore, the pharmaceutical formulations may be compressed into pellets or cylinders and implanted intramuscularly or subcutaneously as depot injections or as implants such as stents. Such implants may employ known inert materials such as silicones and biodegradable polymers. [0180] A therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of the compound that results in amelioration of symptoms. Specific dosages may be adjusted depending on conditions of disease, the age, body weight, general health conditions, sex, diet of the subject, dose intervals, administration routes, excretion rate, and combinations of drugs. Any of the above dosage forms containing effective amounts are well within the bounds of routine experimentation and therefore, well within the scope of the instant invention. A therapeutically effective dose may vary depending upon the route of administration and dosage form. The preferred compound or compounds of the instant invention is a formulation that exhibits a high therapeutic index. The therapeutic index is the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects which can be expressed as the ratio between LD5o and ED 0. The LD5o is the dose lethal to 50% of the population and the ED50 is the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population. The LD50 and ED50 are determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in animal cell cultures or experimental animals.
[0181] The present invention also provides methods of enhancing
MC4-R activity in a human or non-human animal. The method comprises administering an effective amount of a compound, or composition, of the instant invention to said mammal or non-human animal. Effective amounts of the compounds of the instant invention include those amounts that activate MC4-R which are detectable, for example, by an assay described below in the illustrative Examples, or any other assay known by those skilled in the art that a detect signal transduction, in a biochemical pathway, through activation of G-protein coupled receptors, for example, by measuring an elevated cAMP level as compared to a control model. Accordingly, "activating" means the ability of a compound to initiate a detectable signal. Effective amounts may also include those amounts which alleviate symptoms of a MC4-R disorder treatable by activating MC4-R.
[0182] An MC4-R disorder, or MC4-R-mediated disease, which may be treated by those methods provided, include any biological disorder or disease in which MC4-R is implicated, or which inhibition of MC4-R potentiates a biochemical pathway that is defective in the disorder or disease state. Examples of such diseases are obesity, erectile disorders, cardiovascular disorders, neuronal injuries or disorders, inflammation, fever, cognitive disorders, type II diabetes, polycystic ovary disease, Syndrome X, complications from obesity and diabetes, and sexual behavior disorders. In a preferred embodiment, the instant invention provides compounds, compositions, and methods effective for reducing energy intake and body weight; reducing serum insulin and glucose levels; alleviating insulin resistance; and reducing serum levels of free fatty acids. Accordingly, the instant invention is particularly effective in treating those disorders or diseases associated with obesity or type II diabetes.
[0183] "Treating" within the context of the instant invention, therefore, means an alleviation of symptoms associated with a disorder or disease, or halt of further progression or worsening of those symptoms, or prevention or prophylaxis of the disease or disorder. For example, within the context of obesity, successful treatment may include an alleviation of symptoms or halting the progression of the disease, as measured by reduction in body weight, or a reduction in amount of food or energy intake. In this same vein, successful treatment of type I or type II diabetes may include an alleviation of symptoms or halting the progression of the disease, as measured by a decrease in serum glucose or insulin levels in, for example, hyperinsulinemic or hyperglycemic patients.
[0184] Compounds of formula IA may be readily synthesized as shown in Scheme 1a, the specifics of which are provided in the Examples section. As also explained in the Examples section, compounds of formula IIIC, HID, and HIE may be prepared using the methodology shown in Scheme 1b using an appropriately fluorine-substituted 4-nitroanthranilic acid in place of compound (b). Compounds of formula IC may be prepared using the methodology shown in Scheme 1a using an appropriately substituted 5-nitroanthranilic acid in place of 4-nitroanthranilic acid. SCHEME 1 a
Figure imgf000085_0001
[0185] As explained in the Examples section, compounds of formula
IIIA, IIIB, HIF, and IIIG may be prepared using the methodology shown in Scheme 1 b using an appropriately substituted pyridine, pyrazine, or pyrimidine carboxylic acid, for example 2-amino-6-azido-nicotinic acid, shown in (b). The conversion of compound (d) to (e), described in further detail in Procedure 1A, proceeds through the initial addition of trimethylphosphine to form a reactive iminophosphorane intermediate, followed by the addition of a substituted isocyanate (preferably by a substituted carbocycle isocyanate) to produce a carbodiimide, and finally formation of (e) occurs upon reaction with an amine (preferably a substituted piperazine).
Scheme 1b
Figure imgf000086_0001
[0186] Compounds of formula IA may also be prepared using the general synthetic methodology set forth in Scheme 2a. This methodology is also suitable for preparing compounds of formula IC by using a benzoic acid with the nitro group in the correct position.
SCHEME 2a
Figure imgf000086_0002
POCI3, reflux
Figure imgf000086_0003
R3= H, Alkyl, Aryl, Arylalkyl, etc. [0187] Scheme 2b shows an alternative route that may be used to prepare various compounds of formula IA.
SCHEME 2b
Figure imgf000087_0001
[0188] Scheme 2c shows an alternative route that may be used to prepare various compounds of formula IA. This route may also be used to prepare compound of formula IC if a starting material is used with a nitro group in the appropriate position as will be readily observed by those skilled in the art.
SCHEME 2c
Figure imgf000087_0002
[0189] The invention provides various methods for synthesizing compounds of formula IA and IC, various intermediate compounds, and salts of the compounds and intermediate compounds. For example, a method for producing a compound having the formula VA is provided where R1, R3, Z1, Z2, Z3, R4, R5, and R6 have any of the values described above with respect to compounds of formula IA and embodiments of compounds of formula IA, and Y1 is selected from the group consisting of NO2, a protected amine group, a halogen such as CI, F, Br, or I, an -NCS, and an N3 group. In some embodiments of the method, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl group. In some embodiments of the method, R3 is H. In some embodiments, Y1 is selected from a F, N02, or an N3 group. In some embodiments of the method, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl group, R3 is H, and Y1 is selected from a F, NO2, or an N3 group. In some such embodiments, Z1, Z2, and Z3 are each carbon atoms and R4, R5, and R6 are each H. Compounds of formula VA may be readily converted into compounds of formula IA as shown in Scheme 1a and the procedures set forth herein. Typically a compound of formula VA where Y1 is a -NCS is reacted with a first amine and then is reacted with a second amine as described in Procedure 1a. Any of the amines defined by the R1', R2', and R3' of compounds of formula IA may be used. The versatility of this procedure allows a wide range of compounds of formula IA to be prepared where W is a guanidine group prepared from compounds of formula VA where Y1 is a -NCS group. Another procedure that may be used to prepare compounds of formula IA from compounds of formula VA where Y1 is an N3 group is shown in Scheme 1b where nitrogen compounds with any of the R1', R2', and R3 groups of compounds of formula IA may be used.
Figure imgf000088_0001
VA
[0190] A method for preparing a compound of formula VA typically includes cyclizing a compound of formula VB by reacting it with an electrophilic carbon bearing an R3 group such as a trialkyl orthoformate such as triethyl orthoformate, trimethyl orthoformate or the like where the R3 is a H; Gold's Reagent; a substituted or unsubstituted alkanoyl halide such as acetyl chloride where R3 is a methyl group; a substituted or unsubstituted alkanoic acid in the presence of an acid halide producing agent such as thionyl chloride, POCI3, various phosphorous halides, and the like (e.g. an alkanoic acid of formula R3C02H in combination with POCI3); a benzoyl chloride or an analogous heteroaryl acid chloride compound; or a substituted or unsubstituted benzoic acid or analogous heteroaryl carboxylic acid compound and an acid halide producing agent. The reaction provides the compound of formula VA. Compounds of formula VB have the following formula.
Figure imgf000089_0001
VB
In compounds of formula VB, the variables may have any of the same values as described above with respect to compounds of formula VA. The method of forming a compound of formula VA may include reacting a compound of formula VC with an amine of formula R1-NH2 to produce the compound of formula VB using standard amide-forming procedures and where R1 has any of the values of the compounds of formula VA and VB and the variables in the compound of VC have the values of compounds of formula VA and VB and Y2 is a hydroxyl group or is an equivalent thereof. Compounds of formula VC have the following formula.
Figure imgf000089_0002
VC
[0191] An alternative method for synthesizing compounds of formula IA is shown in Scheme 2a. Such a method generally includes reacting a compound of formula VC with an amine of formula R1-NH2 and an electrophilic carbon bearing an R3 group such as a carboxylic acid of formula R3-C02H. Compounds of formula IA may further be prepared according to the procedure in Scheme 2b by reacting a compound of formula VC with an amide of formula R1-N(H)-C(=0)-R3 in the presence of POCI3 or an analogous compound.
[0192] Compounds of formula IE may be prepared from compounds of formula VB where Y1 is a N02 group by reacting the compound with NaN02 as described in Method 6 to produce the analogs of compounds of formula VA which may then be converted to the compounds of formula IE from the compounds where Y1 is an -N3 group or is an -NCS group.
[0193] Compounds of formula IB may be produced from compounds of formula VB by reacting the compound of formula VB with phosgene or an equivalent thereof as described in Step 2 of Example 2 and subsequent conversion to the guanidine compounds from the N3 or -NCS compounds using the standard procedures. Finally, compounds of formula ID may be prepared using the procedures described in Method 7 (Steps 1 and 2) using the fragments with the variables described above with respect to compounds of formula ID.
[0194] As noted above, the invention also provides methods for synthesizing compounds of formula IC, various intermediate compounds, and salts of the compounds and intermediate compounds. For example, a method for producing a compound having the formula VIA is provided where R1, R3, Z1, Z2, Z3, R4, R5, and R6 have any of the values described above with respect to compounds of formula IC and embodiments of compounds of formula IC, and Y1 is selected from the group consisting of NO2, a protected amine group, a halogen such as CI, F, Br, or I, an -NCS, and an N3 group. In some embodiments of the method, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl group. In some embodiments of the method, R3 is H. In some embodiments, Y1 is selected from a F, N02, or an N3 group. In some embodiments of the method, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl group, R3 is H, and Y1 is selected from a F, N02, or an 3 group. In some such embodiments, Z1, Z2, and Z3 are each carbon atoms and R4, R5, and R6 are each H. Compounds of formula VIA may be readily converted into compounds of formula IC as shown in Scheme 1a and the procedures set forth herein. Typically a compound of formula VIA where Y1 is a -NCS is reacted with a first amine and then is reacted with a second amine as described in Procedure 1a. Any of the amines defined by the R1', R2, and R3 of compounds of formula IC may be used. The versatility of this procedure allows a wide range of compounds of formula IC to be prepared where W is a guanidine group prepared from compounds of formula VIA where Y1 is a -NCS group. Another procedure that may be used to prepare compounds of formula IC from compounds of formula VIA where Y1 is an N3 group is shown in Scheme 1 b where nitrogen compounds with any of the R1', R2, and R3' groups of compounds of formula IC may be used.
Figure imgf000091_0001
VIA
[0195] A method for preparing a compound of formula VIA typically includes cyclizing a compound of formula VIB by reacting it with an electrophilic carbon bearing an R3 group such as a trialkyl orthoformate such as triethyl orthoformate, trimethyl orthoformate or the like where the R3 is a H; Gold's Reagent; a substituted or unsubstituted alkanoyl halide such as acetyl chloride where R3 is a methyl group; a substituted or unsubstituted alkanoic acid in the presence of an acid halide producing agent such as thionyl chloride, POCI3, various phosphorous halides, and the like (e.g. an alkanoic acid of formula R3C02H in combination with POCI3); a benzoyl chloride or an analogous heteroaryl acid chloride compound; or a substituted or unsubstituted benzoic acid or analogous heteroaryl carboxylic acid compound and an acid halide producing agent. The reaction provides the compound of formula VIA. Compounds of formula VIB have the following formula
Figure imgf000092_0001
VIB
In compounds of formula VIB, the variable may have any of the same values as described above with respect to compounds of formula VIA. The method of forming a compound of formula VIA may include reacting a compound of formula VIC with an amine of formula R1-NH2 to produce the compound of formula VIB using standard amide-forming procedures and where R1 has any of the values of the compounds of formula VIA and VIB and the variables in the compound of VIC have the values of compounds of formula VIA and VIB and Y2 is a hydroxyl group or is an equivalent thereof. Compounds of formula VIC have the following formula.
Figure imgf000092_0002
VIC
[0196] An alternative method for synthesizing compounds of formula IC is shown for analogous compounds of formula IA in Scheme 2a. Such a method generally includes reacting a compound of formula VIC with an amine of formula R1-NH2 and an electrophilic carbon bearing an R3 group such as a carboxylic acid of formula R3-C02H. Compounds of formula IC may further be prepared according to a procedure analogous to that shown in Scheme 2b by reacting a compound of formula VIC with an amide of formula R1-N(H)-C(=0)-R3 in the presence of POCI3 or an analogous compound.
[0197] The present invention, thus generally described, will be understood more readily by reference to the following examples, which are provided by way of illustration and are not intended to be limiting of the present invention.
EXAMPLES
[0198] The l following abbreviations and terms are used through!
Examples:
Boc: t-Butyl carbamate protecting group
Celite®: Diatomaceous earth filter agent
DAST: (Dimethylamino)sulfur trifluoride
DCM: Dichloromethane
DIBAL: Diisobutylaluminum hydride
DIEA: Λ/,Λ/-Diisoproylethylamine
DMF: Λ/,Λ/-Dimethylformamide
DMSO: Dimethylsulfoxide
EDCI: 1-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride
EtOAc: Ethyl acetate
EtOH: Ethanol
Gold's Reagent: (Dimethylaminomethyleneaminomethylene)di- methyl ammonium chloride
HOBt: Hydroxybenzotriazole
HPLC: High perfomance liquid chromatography
HCl: Hydrochloric acid
HBTU: 0-BenzotriazoI-1-yI-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
KOH: Potassium hydroxide
LC: Liquid Chromatography
MS: Mass Spectroscopy
MeOH: Methanol mL: Milliliter
NMP: 1 -Methyl-2-pyrrolidinone
NMR: Nuclear magnetic resonance spectrocopy
TFA: Trifluoroacetic acid
THF: Tetrahydrofuran SYNTHESIS OF c/s-4-FLUOROCYCLOHEXYLAMINE
Figure imgf000095_0001
Step 1. Synthesis of frans-(^-butoxy)-N-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)- carboxamide
Figure imgf000095_0002
[0199] A suspension of fraπs-4-aminocyclohexanol (1 equivalent) in
THF (0.1 M) was treated with (Boc)2θ (1 equivalent). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, dissolved in chloroform, and washed with water to yield a solid that was used without further purification.
Step 2. Synthesis of c/s-(f-butoxy)-N-(4- fluorocyclohexyl)carboxamide
Figure imgf000095_0003
[0200] To a solution of (f-butoxy)-N-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)carboxamide
(1 equivalent) in CH2CI2 (1 M) cooled to -78°C was added dropwise a solution of DAST (1 equivalent) in CH2CI2 (0.5 M). The mixture was stirred at -78°C for 4 hours, and then allowed to rise to room temperature. The solution was poured into saturated NaHC03 and extracted with chloroform, dried, and evaporated. The resulting crude product was purified on silica gel, eluting with ethyl acetate/hexane 5:95. Step 3. Synthesis of cιs-4-fluorocyclohexylamine
Figure imgf000096_0001
[0201] A solution of c/s-(f-butoxy)-N-(4-fluorocyclohexyl)carboxamide
(6.51 mmol) in CH2CI2 (20 mL) was treated with TFA (10 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours, the solvent was removed in vacuo, and the crude product was dissolved in water and washed with chloroform. The acidic aqueous phase was cooled at 0°C and made basic by the addition of solid KOH. The resulting mixture was extracted with CH2CI , dried and filtered, yielding the title compound which was used without further purification and as a 0.3 M solution in CH2CI2.
SYNTHESIS OF 4,4-DIFLUOROCYCLOHEXYLAMINE
Figure imgf000096_0002
Step 1. Synthesis of N-(4,4-difluorocyclohexyl)(f- butoxy)carboxamide
Figure imgf000096_0003
[0202] A solution of (f-butoxy)-N-(4-oxocyclohexyl)carboxamide (2.5 g,11.7 mmol) in CH2CI2 (45 mL) was treated with a solution of DAST (2.63 mL, 19.93 mmol) in CH2CI2 (6 mL) at room temperature. EtOH (141 μl, 2.3 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solution was poured into saturated NaHC03 and extracted with chloroform, dried, and evaporated to yield a 1 :1 mixture of the title compound and (f-butoxy)-N-(4-fluoroclyclohex-3-enyl)carboxamide. This mixture was dissolved in CH2CI2 (40 mL) and MeOH (14 mL) and cooled to -78°C. Ozone was bubbled into the solution for 50 minutes until it turned green and Me2S was added (3 equivalents). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature, chloroform was added and the organic phase was washed with water, dried, and evaporated to yield the title compound which was used without further purification.
Step 2. Synthesis of 4,4-difluorocyclohexylamine
Figure imgf000097_0001
[0203] A solution of N-(4,4-difluorocyclohexyl)(^butoxy)carboxamide
(6.51 mmol) in CH2CI2 (20 mL) was treated with TFA (10 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours, the solvent was removed in vacuo, and the crude product was dissolved in water and washed with chloroform. The acidic aqueous phase was cooled at 0°C and made basic by the addition of solid KOH. The resulting mixture was extracted with CH2CI2, dried, and filtered yielding the title compound which was used without further purification as a 0.3 M solution in CH2CI2.
Procedure 1 Synthesis of 6-fluoro analog of 7-azido-quinazoline-4- one (1)
Figure imgf000097_0002
Step 1 : Synthesis of (2-amino-4,5-difluorophenyl)-N-[2-(4- fluorophenyl)ethyl]-carboxamide
Figure imgf000098_0001
[0204] To a stirred solution of 4,5-difluoro anthranilic acid (2.0 g, 11.6 mmol) in anhydrous THF (30 mL) was added hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (HOBt) (1.56 g, 11.6 mmol), diisopropylethyl amine (2.01 mL, 11.6. mmol), and 4-fluorophenylethyl amine (1.52 mL, 11.6 mmol). After all of the HOBt had completely dissolved, EDCI (2.21 g, 11.6 mmol) was added and the resulting orange solution was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The solvent was removed, and the residue was chromatographed on silica eluting with 15% EtOAc in hexanes giving the desired benzamide (2) as white crystals (3.07 g, 10.4 mmol, 90%).
Step 2: Synthesis of 6,7-difluoro-3-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-3- hydroquinazolin-4-one
Figure imgf000098_0002
[0205] The starting benzamide (2) was dissolved in trimethyl orthoformate (20 mL) and heated at 120°C under a stream of nitrogen for 3 hours. The solution was cooled, and the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation. The residue was triturated with hexanes, and the solids collected by filtration, washed with hexanes, and dried on the pump. The formamide intermediate was isolated as a white solid and confirmed by NMR. This intermediate was suspended in POCI3 (10 mL) and heated to 140°C for 3 minutes. The reaction was cooled, poured over crushed ice, made slightly alkaline with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was collected and dried over magnesium sulfate. Product (3) was isolated as a white solid (1.94 g, 6.38 mmol, 75% for 2 steps).
Step 3: Synthesis of 7-(azadiazomvinyl)-6-fluoro-3-[2-(4- fluorophenyl)ethyl]-3-hydroquinazolin-4-one
Figure imgf000099_0001
3 1
[0206] Difluoroquinazoline (3) (1.46 g, 4.6 mmol) was dissolved in
DMSO (10 mL), and sodium azide (3 g, 46.0 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was heated to 70°C with stirring for 4 hours. The reaction was monitored by NMR. The reaction was cooled and diluted with water, and the resulting precipitate collected by filtration and washed with water. The solid was dissolved in methylene chloride and dried (MgS0 ) in order to remove trace water. Product (1) was isolated as an off-white solid (1.43 g, 4.37 mmol, 95%).
[0207] Following the formation of compound 1 , final guanidino quinazilinones were formed following the synthetic method described below (Procedure 1A):
Procedure 1A
[0208] To a solution of (1 ) (1 equivalent) in THF was added trimethylphosphine (1.5 equivalents), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. To the iminophosphorane solution was added (1S,2S,3S,5R)-2,6,6-trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3-yl isocyanate (1.6 equivalents). The solution was heated at 70°C overnight. To half of the carboimide solution was added a THF solution of (6S,2R)-2,6- dimethylpiperazine (2 equivalents). After being heated at 70°C for 2 hours, the residue was subjected to HPLC purification to give the guanidine product as its TFA salt.
[0209] The 2-fluoro-4-methoxy, 2,4-difluoro and 2,4-dichloro analogs were synthesized via the same pathway described above. Compounds of the group synthesized via the pathway described above include Examples 42, 44, and 45.
EXAMPLE 1. Synthesis of (3R,5S)-N-(3-{2-[2-fluoro-4-(methyloxy)- phenyl]ethyl}-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroquinazolin-7-yl)-3,5- dimethyl-N'-[(1 S,2S,5R)-2,6,6- trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3-yl]piperazine-1- carboximidamide
Figure imgf000100_0001
Step 1. Synthesis of (c): 2-amino-N-[2-(2-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl)- ethyl]-4-nitro-benzamide
Figure imgf000100_0002
[0210] 2-FIuoro-4-methoxyphenylethylamine ((a):1 equivalent), 4- nitroanthranilic acid ((b): 1 equivalent), HBTU (1.5 equivalents), and dry THF (0.5 M in (a)) were added to a dry round bottom flask. The mixture was allowed to stir for 10 hours at room temperature. The reaction was then dry loaded onto silica gel and purified via flash chromatography using hexanes/ethyl acetate. The pure fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to yield the product ((c): 2-amino-N-[2-(2-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl)- ethyl]-4-nitro-benzamide) as a pure solid.
Step 2. Synthesis of (d): 3-[2-(2-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-7- nitro-3H-quinazolin-4-one
Figure imgf000101_0001
[0211] The pure product ((c): 1 equivalent) of Step 1 , Gold's reagent, and dioxane (0.5 M in (c)) were added to a dry round bottom flask, fitted with a condenser, and heated to reflux for 16 hours. Once complete product conversion was verified by LC/MS, acetic acid (1 equivalent) and sodium acetate (1 equivalent) were added to the reaction. The subsequent mixture was heated to reflux for 3 hours. Then, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo, taken up in ethyl acetate, and washed with water. After the organic layer was isolated, the aqueous layer was extracted with two more portions of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were then combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered through a cotton plug, and concentrated. The crude product mixture was purified via flash chromatography using a mixture of CH2CI2/MeOH. The pure fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to yield the pure product ((d): 3-[2-(2-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-7-nitro- 3H-quinazolin-4-one) as a pure solid.
Step 3. Synthesis of (e): 7-amino-3-[2-(2-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl)- ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one
Figure imgf000101_0002
[0212] To a solution of (d), prepared as described in Step 2, in MeOH
(0.25 M in (d)) was added 10% Pd/C (0.1 equivalents). The mixture was sealed with a septum and degassed with nitrogen for 10 minutes. Hydrogen was then bubbled through the solution for 20 minutes. Once reaction completion was verified by LC/MS, the reaction was degassed with nitrogen for 10 minutes. The mixture was filtered through Celite® and concentrated in vacuo to yield the product ((e): 7-amino-3-[2-(2-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl)- ethyl]-3H-quinazolin-4-one). The product was used in the next reaction without further purification.
Step 4. Synthesis of (f): 3-[2-(2-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-7- isothiocyanato-3H-quinazolin-4-one
Figure imgf000102_0001
[0213] To a mixture of (e), prepared as described in Step 3, (1 equivalent) and NaHC03 (3 equivalents) in acetone (0.1 M in (e)) was added thiophosgene (3 equivalents) dropwise. The resulting slurry was stirred at room temperature for three hours. Once reaction completion was verified by LC/MS, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo to remove solvent and excess thiophosgene. The mixture was then taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with water. After the organic layer was isolated, the aqueous layer was extracted with two more portions of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were then combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered through a cotton plug, and concentrated in vacuo to yield the product ((f): 3-[2-(2-fluoro-4-methoxy- phenyl)-ethyl]-7-isothiocyanato-3H-quinazolin-4-one). The crude product was used in the next reaction without further purification. Step 5. Synthesis of (g): 1-{3-[2-(2-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-
4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-quinazolin-7-yl}-3-(2,6,6-trimethyl- bicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3-yl)-thiourea
Figure imgf000103_0001
[0214] To a solution of (f), prepared as described in Step 4, (1 equivalent) in THF (0.5 M in (f)) was added (1 S,2S,3S,5R)-(+)- isopinocampheylamine (1.5 equivalents). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 10 hours. The crude product mixture was then concentrated in vacuo, dissolved in methylene chloride, and purified via flash chromatography using hexanes/ethyl acetate. The pure fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to yield the pure product ((g): 1-{3-[2-(2- fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-quinazolin-7-yl}-3-(2,6,6- trimethyl-bicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3-yl)-thiourea).
Step 6. Synthesis of (h): (3R,5S)-N-(3-{2-[2-fluoro-4-
(methyloxy)phenyl]ethyl}-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroquinazolin-7-yl)-
3,5-dimethyl-N'-[(1S,2S,5R)-2,6,6- trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3-yl]piperazine-1 - carboximidamide
Figure imgf000103_0002
[0215] To a solution of (g), prepared as described in Step 5, (1 equivalent) in dry THF (0.1 M in (g)) in a dry round bottom flask was added 1- [3-(dimethylamino)-propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (2 equivalents). The reaction was fitted with a condenser and heated to 80°C for 1 hour. The resulting solution was allowed to cool to room temperature for 20 minutes. A solution of c/'s-2,6-dimethylpiperazine (2 equivalents; 0.5 M in CH2CI2) was then added to the reaction, and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. The mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water. After the organic layer was isolated, the aqueous layer was extracted with two more portions of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were then combined and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was dissolved in DMSO and purified via preparative HPLC using water (0.1% TFA) /acetonitrile (0.1 % TFA). The pure fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to remove the majority of acetonitrile. Sodium carbonate (15 equivalents) was then added to the resulting aqueous solution and the slurry was allowed to sit at room temperature for 1 hour with occasional swirling. The basic aqueous solution was then extracted with 3 separate portions of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered through a cotton plug, and concentrated in vacuo to yield product (h) as a free base. The resulting solid was then dissolved in an aqueous HCl solution (1 M; 15 equivalents) and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting mixture was dissolved in a 1 :1 water/acetonitrile mixture and lyophilized to yield the pure Bis-HCI salt product ((h): (3R,5S)-N-(3-{2-[2- fluoro-4-(methyloxy)phenyl]ethyl}-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroquinazolin-7-yl)-3,5- dimethyl-N'-KIS^S.δR^.e.e-trimethylbicyclotS.l .ljhept-S-yljpiperazine-l- carboximidamide.
Synthesis of Compounds of Structure IIIA, IIIB, IMF, and IIIG
[0216] Compounds of formula IIIA, IIIB, IIIF, and IIIG are prepared using the methodology described above using an appropriately substituted pyridine, pyrazine, or pyrimidine benzoic acid, respectively, in place of the 4- nitroanthranilic acid (b) in Step 1. Steps 2-6 may then be carried out to give the final product. One skilled in the art will also recognize that the pyridine may be further substituted to produce variously substituted compounds where R4, R5, and/or R6 are any of the groups herein described such as, but not limited to, fluoro, chloro, alkyl, and alkaryl.
Synthesis of Compounds of Structure IHC, HID, and HIE
[0217] Compounds of formula IHC, HID, and HIE are prepared using the methodology described above using an appropriately fluorine-substituted 4- nitroanthranilic acid in place of 4-nitroanthranilic acid (b) in Step 1. Steps 2-6 may then be carried out to give the final product. One skilled in the art will recognize that a fluorine-substituted 4-nitroanthranilic acid may be used which includes further substituents to produce variously substituted compounds where R4, R5, and/or R6 are any of the groups herein described such as, but not limited to, fluoro, chloro, alkyl, and alkaryl.
Synthesis of Compounds of Structure IC
[0218] Compounds of formula IC are prepared using the methodology described above using an appropriately substituted 5-nitroanthranilic acid in place of 4-nitroanthranilic acid (b) in Step 1. Steps 2-6 may then be carried out to give the final product. One skilled in the art will recognize that a fluorine-substituted 5-nitroanthranilic acid may be used which includes further substituents to produce variously substituted compounds where R4, R5, and/or R6 are any of the groups herein described such as, but not limited to, fluoro, chloro, alkyl, and alkaryl.
EXAMPLE 2. Synthesis of 7-{[1-((5S,3R)-3,5-dimethylpiperazinyl)-2- ((2S,3S,1 R,5R)-2,6,6-trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3- yl)(1Z)«2-azavinyl]amino}-3-[2-(2,4- dichlorophenyl)ethyl]-1,3-dihydroquinazoline-2,4- dione
Figure imgf000106_0001
Step 1. Synthesis of (c): 2-amino-N-[2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-ethyl]-4- nitro-benzamide
Figure imgf000106_0002
(c)
Figure imgf000106_0003
[0219] 2,4-Dichlorophenylethylamine ((a):1 equivalent), 4- nitroanthranilic acid ((b): 1 equivalent), HBTU (1.5 equivalent), and dry THF (0.5 M in (a)) were added to a dry round bottom flask. The mixture was allowed to stir for 10 hours at room temperature. The reaction was then dry loaded onto silica gel and purified via flash chromatography using hexanes/ethyl acetate. The pure fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to yield the product ((c): 2-amino-N-[2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)ethyl]-4- nitrobenzamide) as a pure solid. Step 2. Synthesis of (d): 3-[2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)ethyl]-7-nitro-1,3- dihydroquinazoline-2,4-dione
(c)
Figure imgf000107_0001
[0220] To a 0.3M solution of (c), prepared as described in Step 1 ,(2.5 g, 7.5 mmol (c)) in dioxane was added 40 mL of a 20% phosgene solution in toluene, followed by 15 mL triethylamine. After stirring for 1 hour at room temperature, solvent was removed by rotary evaporation followed by high vacuum. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed three times with water. After drying with sodium sulfate and rotary evaporation, an orange-brown solid ((d): 3-[2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)ethyl]-7-nitro-1 ,3- dihydroquinazoline-2,4-dione) was obtained in over 90% yield.
Step 3. Synthesis of (e): 7-amino-3-[2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)ethyl]-1 ,3- dihydroquinazoline-2,4-dione
(d)
Figure imgf000108_0001
[0221] To a solution of (d), prepared as described in Step 2, in MeOH
(0.25 M in (d)) was added 10% Pd/C (0.1 equivalents). The mixture was sealed with a septum and degassed with nitrogen for 10 minutes. Hydrogen was then bubbled through the solution for 20 minutes. Once reaction completion was verified by LC/MS, the reaction was degassed with nitrogen for 10 minutes. The mixture was filtered through Celite® and concentrated in vacuo to yield the product ((e) ) 7-amino-3-[2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)ethyl]-1 ,3- dihydroquinazoline-2,4-dione). The product was used in the next reaction without further purification.
Step 4. Synthesis of (f): 3-[2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)ethyl]-2,4-dioxo- 1,3-dihydroquinazolin-7-isothiocyanate
(e)
Figure imgf000109_0001
[0222] To a mixture of (e), prepared as described in Step 3, (1 equivalent) and NaHC03 (3 equivalents) in acetone (0.1 M in (e)) was added thiophosgene (3 equivalents) dropwise. The resulting slurry was stirred at room temperature for three hours. Once reaction completion was verified by LC/MS, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo to remove solvent and excess thiophosgene. The mixture was then taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with water. After the organic layer was isolated, the aqueous layer was extracted with two more portions of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were then combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered through a cotton plug, and concentrated in vacuo to yield the product ((f): 3-[2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)ethyl]- 2,4-dioxo-1 ,3-dihydroquinazolin-7-isothiocyanate). The crude product was used in the next reaction without further purification. Step 5. Synthesis of (g): 7-({[((2S,3S,1 R,5R)-2,6,6- trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3-yl)amino]thioxomethyl}amino)- 3-[2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)ethyl]-1,3-dihydroquinazoline-2,4- dione ffl
Figure imgf000110_0001
[0223] To a solution of (f), prepared as described in Step 4, (1 equivalent) in THF (0.5 M in (f)) was added (1 S,2S,3S,5R)-(+)- isopinocampheylamine (1.5 equivalents). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 10 hours. The crude product mixture was then concentrated in vacuo, dissolved in methylene chloride, and purified via flash chromatography using hexanes/ethyl acetate. The pure fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to yield the pure product ((g 7- ({[((2S.3S.1 R,5R)-2,6,6-trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3- yl)amino]thioxomethyl}amino)-3-[2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)ethyl]-1 ,3- dihydroquinazoline-2,4-dione).
Step 6. Synthesis of (h): 7-{[1 -((5S,3R)-3,5-dimethylpiperazinyl)-2-
((2S,3S,1 R,5R)-2,6,6-trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3-yl)(1Z)-2- azavinyl]amino}-3-[2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)ethyl]-1,3- dihydroquinazoline-2,4-dione
(g)
Figure imgf000111_0001
[0224] To a solution of (g), prepared as described in Step 5, (1 equivalent) in dry THF (0.1 M in (g)) in a dry round bottom flask was added 1- [3-(dimethylamino)-propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (2 equivalents). The reaction flask was fitted with a water-cooled condenser and heated to 80°C for 1 hour under a nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting solution was cooled to 0°C for 20 minutes. A solution of c/s-2,6-dimethylpiperazine (2 equivalents; 0.5 M in CH2CI2) was then added to the reaction, and the resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 10 minutes. The mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water. After the organic layer was isolated, the aqueous layer was extracted with two more portions of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were then combined and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was dissolved in DMSO/acetonitrile and purified via preparative HPLC using water (0.1 % TFA) /acetonitrile (0.1% TFA). The pure fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to remove the majority of acetonitrile. Sodium hydroxide (10 equivalents) was then added to the resulting aqueous solution and the slurry was allowed to sit at room temperature for 1 hour with occasional swirling. The basic aqueous solution was then extracted with 3 separate portions of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered through a cotton plug, and concentrated in vacuo to yield product (h) as a free base. The resulting solid was then dissolved in an aqueous HCl solution (1 M; 15 equivalents) and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting mixture was dissolved in a 1 :1 water/acetonitrile mixture and lyophilized to yield the pure Bis-HCI salt product ((h): 7-{[1 -((5S,3R)-3,5-dimethylpiperazinyl)-2-((2S,3S, 1 R,5R)-2,6,6- trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3-yl)(1Z)-2-azavinyI]amino}-3-[2-(2,4- dichlorophenyl)ethyl]-1 ,3-dihydroquinazoline-2,4-dione).
Synthesis of Compounds of Structure IVA and IVB
[0225] Compounds of formula IVA and IVB are prepared using the methodology described above using an appropriately substituted pyridine in place of the 4-nitroanthranilic acid (b) in Step 1b. Procedure 1 A may then be carried out to give the final product. One skilled in the art will also recognize that the pyridine may be further substituted to produce variously substituted compounds where R4, R5, and/or R6 are any of the groups herein described such as, but not limited to, fluoro, chloro, alkyl, and alkaryl.
[0226] Compounds are prepared using the methodology described above in Procedure A. Procedure 1 A may then be carried out to give the final product. One skilled in the art will recognize that a fluorine-substituted 4- nitroanthranilic acid may be used which includes further substituents to produce variously substituted compounds where R4, R5, and/or R6 are any of the groups herein described such as, but not limited to, fluoro, chloro, alkyl, and alkaryl. EXAMPLE 3. Synthesis of 7-{[1-((3S)-3-methylpiperazinyl)(1Z)-2- aza-2-(4,4-difluorocyclohexyl)vinyl]amino}-3-[2-(2- fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)ethyl]-3-hydroquinazolin-4- one
Figure imgf000113_0001
Step 1. Synthesis of (b): 7-({[(4,4-difluorocyclohexyl)amino]- thioxomethyl}amino)-3-[2-(2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)ethyl]-
3-hydroquinazolin-4-one
(a)
Figure imgf000113_0002
[0227] To a solution of (a), prepared as (f) described in Step 4 of
Example 1 , (1 equivalent) in THF (0.5 M in (a)) was added 4,4- difluorocyclohexylamine prepared as described above (1.5 equivalents). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 10 hours. The crude product mixture was then concentrated in vacuo, dissolved in methylene chloride, and purified via flash chromatography using hexanes/ethyl acetate. The pure fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to yield the pure product ((b): 7-({[(4,4-difluorocyclohexyl)amino]-thioxomethyl}amino)-3-[2-(2-fluoro-4- methoxyphenyl)ethyl]-3-hydroquinazolin-4-one).
Step 2. Synthesis of (c): 7-{[1-((3S)-3-methylpiperazinyl)(1Z)-2-aza-
2-(4,4-difluorocyclohexyl)vinyl]amino}-3-[2-(2-fluoro-4- methoxyphenyl)-ethyl]-3-hydroquinazolin-4-one
(b)
Figure imgf000114_0001
[0228] To a solution of (b), prepared as described in Step 1 , (1 equivalent) in dry THF (0.1 M in (b)) in a dry round bottom flask was added 1- [3-(dimethylamino)-propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (2 equivalents). The reaction was fitted with a condenser and heated to 80°C for 1 hour. The resulting solution was allowed to cool to room temperature for 20 minutes. A solution of (S)-2-methylpiperazine (2 equivalents; 0.5 M in CH CI2) was then added to the reaction, and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. The mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water. After the organic layer was isolated, the aqueous layer was extracted with two more portions of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were then combined and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was dissolved in DMSO and purified via preparative HPLC using water (0.1 % TFA)/acetonitrile (0.1 % TFA). The pure fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to remove the majority of acetonitrile. Sodium carbonate (15 equivalents) was then added to the resulting aqueous solution and the slurry was allowed to sit at room temperature for 1 hour with occasional swirling. The basic aqueous solution was then extracted with 3 separate portions of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered through a cotton plug, and concentrated in vacuo to yield product (c) as a free base. The resulting solid was then dissolved in an aqueous HCl solution (1 M; 15 equivalents) and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting mixture was dissolved in a 1 :1 water/acetonitrile mixture and lyophilized to yield the pure Bis-HCI salt product ((c): 7-{[1-((3S)-3- methylpiperazinyl)(1Z)-2-aza-2-(4,4-difluorocyclohexyl)vinyl]amino}-3-[2-(2- fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-ethyl]-3-hydroquinazolin-4-one).
Method 1 Synthesis of 3-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-7-nitro-2-(4-pyridyl)- 3-hydroquinazolin-4-one
Figure imgf000115_0001
[0229] Pyridine 4-carboxylic acid was stirred in POCI3 at room temperature for about 5 minutes. To the stirred solution was then added 0.9 equivalents of (2-amino-4-nitrophenyl)-N-[2-(4- f!uorophenyl)ethyl]carboxamide. The resulting mixture was then stirred for about 15 minutes at room temperature in a microwave tube, which was then heated to 165°C in a microwave for 10 minutes. LC/MS indicated completion of the reaction. The POCI3 was evaporated, and the residue was dissolved in CH2CI2 and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The combined organic layers were dried over MgS0 and concentrated in vacuo and chromatographed on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of EtOAc in Hexanes. The resulting product, 3-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-7-nitro-2-(4- pyridyl)-3-hydroquinazolin-4-one, was then converted to Example 77 using the procedures described in Scheme 1a. Method 2 Synthesis of 2-[2-(2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)ethyl]-3- methyl-7-nitro-3-hydroquinazolin-4-one
Figure imgf000116_0001
[0230] 3-(2-Fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyI)-N-methyl-propionamide was synthesized using an EDCI mediated coupling of 3-(2-fluoro-4-methoxy- phenyl)-N-methyl-propionic acid and methylamine (2M solution in THF). The amide was then taken up in POCI3 in a microwave vessel and the mixture was stirred about 3 minutes. To the stirred solution was added about 1 equivalent of 4-nitroanthranilic acid. The unsealed vial was stirred for 10 minutes until there was a color change from red to yellow. The vial was then sealed and reacted in a microwave unit at 165°C for 600 seconds. Reaction completion was checked with LC/MS. 2-[2-(2-Fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)ethyl]-3-methyl-7- nitro-3-hydroquinazolin-4-one was then purified by column chromatography, eluting with EtOAc in hexanes. 2-[2-(2-Fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)ethyl]-3- methyl-7-nitro-3-hydroquinazolin-4-one was then converted to Example 90 using the procedures described above through the corresponding thiourea (Scheme 1a).
Method 3 Synthesis of 3-[2-(2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)ethyl]-2-(4- methylpiperazinyl)-7-nitro-3-hydroquinazolin-4-one (B) and 3-[2-(2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)ethyl]-2-[imino(4- methylpiperazinyl)-methyl]-7-nitro-3-hydroquinazolin-4-one (C)
Figure imgf000117_0001
B
Figure imgf000117_0002
[0231] The synthesis of nitrile A was first conducted as described in J.
Heterocyclic Chem., 35, 659 (1998)). Nitrile A was heated in an excess of N- methylpiperazine to 110°C in a microwave for 600 seconds and analyzed by LC/MS to provide B and C. Products B and C were separated by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 10% MeOH in CH2CI2. Compound B was the first to come off the column. Compounds B and C were then respectively converted to Examples 99 and 71 using the procedures described herein.
Method 4 Synthesis of 3-[2-(2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)ethyl]-7-nitro-2- (1 ,2,3,4-tetraazol-5-yl)-3-hydroquinazolin-4-one
[0232] Nitrile 1 shown above (0.9 g, 2.4 mmoles) was dissolved in dry
DMF (5 mL). Sodium azide (0.8 g, 12.2 mmoles) was added and the mixture was heated at 125°C for 1 hour. The reaction was cooled, diluted with water (25 mL), and filtered. The collected solid was redissolved in THF/EtOAc 1 :1 (25 mL), washed with water (25 mL), and dried over MgS04. Filtration and solvent removal afforded 650 mg of a brown solid. The 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 300 MHz) was consistent with desired product formation. The product was converted to Example 78 using the procedures described herein.
Method 5 Synthesis of 3-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-2-[(4- methylpiperazinyl)-methylj-7-nitro-3-hydroquinazolin-4-one (3)
Step 1 Synthesis of 2-chloro-N-[2-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]- acetamide (1)
Figure imgf000118_0001
[0233] To a solution of 4-fluorophenylethylamine (1.0 equivalent) in dried THF was added Hunig's base (DIEA)(1 equivalent). The mixture was then stirred for 3 minutes at 0°C. Thereafter, a solution of chloroacetylchloride (1.0 equivalent) in THF was added via a syringe over a period of 7 minutes. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 1 hour after which time the reaction mixture was condensed in vacuo, quenched with water, extracted with ethyl acetate (3X) and dried over Na2S04. After concentration in vacuo, compound 1 shown above was obtained, which was carried on further without further purification. LC/MS= M+H 216.1 at 2.18 minutes. Step 2 Synthesis of 2-chloromethyl-3-[2-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-7- nitro-3H-quinazolin-4-one (2)
Figure imgf000119_0001
[0234] Compound 1 (1.2 equivalents) was dissolved in neat POCl3 and allowed to stir under N2 for 5 minutes. Solid 4-nitroanthranilic acid (1.0 equivalent) was then added, and the mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 10 minutes until the color changed to yellow from red. Thereafter, the reaction mixture was refluxed at 100°C for 2 hours, followed by removal of POCI3 in vacuo (addition of triethylamine to the rotovap condenser). The crude product so obtained was neutralized with a saturated solution of NaHC03 extracted with ethyl acetate (3 times), dried over Na2S0 , and condensed in vacuo. Purification of the crude product was carried out with column chromatography in several batches using a gradient of EtOAc in hexanes. LC/MS = M+H 3.62 at 3.5 minutes.
Step 3 Synthesis of 3-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-2-[(4- methylpiperazinyl)-methyl]-7-nitro-3-hydroquinazolin-4-one (3)
Figure imgf000119_0002
[0235] A solution of 2 (1 equivalent) and 4-methyl piperazine (3 equivalents) in 2 mL NMP were heated at 80°C. After stirring for 18 hours, the dark brown solution was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed twice with water. The organic phase was then dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo, and taken on to the next step without further purification. Compound 3 was then converted to Example 69 using the procedures described herein. This procedure yielded a dark oil, and small amounts of NMP may remain in the product. Formation of some analogous compounds required the addition of three equivalents of diisopropyl ethyl amine. Similar chemistry was used to prepare Examples 67, 70, 72, 74, 75, 79, and 81 as identified in the following tables.
Step 3a Synthesis of 2-[(2,4-difluorophenoxy)methyl]-3-methyl-7- nitro-3-hydroquinazolin-4-one
Figure imgf000120_0001
[0236] 2,4-Difluorophenol (2.5 equivalents) was added to 2-
(chloromethyl)-3-methyl-7-nitro-3-hydroquinazolin-4-one (2a) in acetone and refluxed for 8 hours. The solution was then cooled to room temperature, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, dried and filtered over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to afford 2-[(2,4-difluorophenoxy)methyl]-3- methyl-7-nitro-3-hydroquinazolin-4-one in quantitative yields. Compound 3a was then converted to Example 88 using the procedures described herein. Similar chemistry was used to prepare Examples 68, 89, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, and 100 as identified in the following tables.
METHOD 6 Synthesis of 3-[2-(2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)ethyl]-7- nitrobenzo[d]1 ,2,3-triazin-4-one
Figure imgf000120_0002
[0237] A mixture of benzamide (1) (3.42 mmol), water (40 mL), and concentrated HCl (12 mL) was cooled in an ice bath, and a solution of NaN02 (3.6 mmol) in water (5 mL) was added drop wise. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and 20 mL 10 N NaOH was added. The stirring was continued for another hour, and the reaction was neutralized with AcOH, extracted with methylene chloride, and dried over MgS04. The crude product was chromatographed on silica (30%) EtOAc/hexanes) yielding the desired product as a yellow solid. The purified compound was then converted to Example 102 using the procedures described herein.
Method 7 Synthesis of 6-amino-2-[2-(2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)ethyl]- 2-hydroisoquinolin-1 -one
Step l
Figure imgf000121_0001
B C
[0238] The diacid A (1 equivalent) was added to a flask equipped with a reflux condenser and dean stark trap and charged with dry toluene. The mixture was heated to reflux and then 2-(2-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl)- ethylamine B (1 equivalent) was added. The reaction was kept at reflux overnight, and then the toluene was removed by rotary evaporation. Purification by flash chromatography using ethyl acetate/hexanes provided the product C in 30% yield. Step 2
Figure imgf000122_0001
[0239] The imide (C) was dissolved in CH2CI2 and cooled to -78°C. 3 equivalents of DIBAL (1 M in CH2CI2) were added, and the reaction was stirred at -78°C for 1 hour when LC/MS indicated completion of the reaction. The solution was then diluted with ether and 10 equivalents of NaF and 4 equivalents water were added. The reaction was then stirred for an hour. The reaction was then filtered through Celite® to yield the crude pyridone amine (D). Compound D was then converted to Example 103 using the procedures described herein. Similar chemistry was used to prepare Example 104 as identified in the final table.
[0240] As noted below, the compounds in the following tables were prepared using the methodology described herein from commercially available starting materials which are readily recognizable by those skilled in the art or by using known synthetic methods. For example, Example 11 was prepared using the methodology described in Scheme 1a and the appropriate amino indanol. Examples 14 and 18 which include hydroxymethyl-substituted arylalkyl groups were also prepared using the general methodology of Scheme 1 a with the appropriate amino alcohol. N-cyano substituted piperazine compound Example 36 was prepared by: first, mono-Boc protecting 2,6-trans dimethylpiperazine; second, treating the mono-Boc protected compound with cyanogen bromide (2.5 equivalents) and Hunig's base (1.1 equivalent); third, purifying the resulting nitrile piperazine compound on silica gel; fourth, deprotecting the purified compound; and fifth, reacting the resulting purified nitrile trans dimethyl piperazine compound using the methods described herein to produce Example 36. Compounds such as Examples 73 and 76 were prepared using the procedure of Method 2 with the appropriated amides of methacrylic acid and acetic acid.
[0241] Compounds of formula IB where R2 is an alkyl group such as
Example 59 where R2 is a methyl group may be prepared by alkylating a dione where R2 is H prepared as described herein. For example, Example 59 was prepared using the methylation procedure shown below (reaction of dione with methyl iodide and potassium carbonate (1 :2:2) in DMF at 60°C to produce the nitro compound which was then converted to Example 59 using the standard procedures described herein.
Figure imgf000123_0001
[0242] The compounds in the following tables were prepared using the methodology described in Examples 1-3 and the above Methods and Procedures. The starting materials used in the syntheses are recognizable to one of skill in the art and are commercially available or may be prepared using known methods. The synthesis of various guanidine compounds is known in the art. Such synthesis information may be found in the following references each of which is incorporated herein in its entirety: PCT publication WO 02/18327; United States Patent Application Serial No. 09/945,384; United States Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 60/230,565; United States Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 60/245,579; United States Provisional Application Serial No. 60/282,847; United States Provisional Application Serial No. 60/353,183; and United States Provisional Application Serial No. 60/353,188. Table of Examples 4-66
Figure imgf000124_0001
Figure imgf000125_0001
(3R,5S)-N-(3-{2-[2-fluoro-4- 549.7
(methyloxy)phenyl]ethyI}-4- oxo-3,4-dihydroquinazolin-7- y!)-3,5-dimethyl-N'-(2- methylcyclohexyl)piperazine-
1 -carboximidamide
(3R,5S)-N-(3-{2-[2-fluoro-4- 549.7
(methyloxy)phenyl]ethyl}-4- oxo-3,4-dihydroquinazolin-7- yl)-3,5-dimethyl-N"-(4- methylcyclohexyl)piperazine-
1 -carboximidamide
(3S,5S)-N-{3-[2-(2,4- 577.7 difluorophenyl)ethyl]-4-oxo-
3,4-dihydroquinazolin-7-yl}-
3,5-dimethyl-N'-
[(1S,2S,3S,5R)-2,6,6- trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3- yl]piperazine-1- carboximidamide
(3R,5S)-N-{3-[(1S)-2-[2- 619.8 fluoro-4-(methyloxy)phenyl]-
1 -(hydroxymethyl)ethyl]-4- oxo-3,4-dihydroquinazolin-7- yl}-3,5-dimethyl-N'-
[(1S,2S,3S,5R)-2,6,6- trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3- yl]piperazine-1- carboximidamide
(3S,5S)-N-{3-[(1S)-2-[2- 619.8 fluoro-4-(methyloxy)phenyl]-
1 -(hydroxymethyl)ethyl]-4- oxo-3,4-dihydroquinazolin-7- yl}-3,5-dimethyl-N'-
[(1S,2S,3S,5R)-2,6,6- trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3-
Figure imgf000126_0001
yl]piperazine-1- carboximidamide
(3R,5S)-N-{3-[2-(4- 559.7 fiuorophenyl)ethyl]-4-oxo-
3,4-dihydroquinazolin-7-yl}-
3,5-dimethyl-N'-
[(1S,2S,3S,5R)-2,6,6- trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3- yl]piperazine-1-
Figure imgf000126_0002
carboximidamide
Figure imgf000127_0001
Figure imgf000128_0001
Figure imgf000129_0001
Figure imgf000130_0001
Figure imgf000131_0001
Figure imgf000132_0001
Figure imgf000133_0001
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000135_0002
[0243] The compounds in the following table were prepared using the methodology described in the previous Examples and Methods. The starting materials used in the syntheses are recognizable to one of skill in the art and are commercially available or may be prepared using known methods.
Table of Examples 67-101
Figure imgf000135_0001
Figure imgf000136_0001
Figure imgf000137_0001
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000139_0001
Figure imgf000140_0001
100 (3S)-N-[2-({[2-fluoro-4- 667.8
(methyloxy)phenyl]oxy}methyl)-
4-oxo-3-(phenylmethyl)-3,4- dihydroquinazolin-7-yl]-3-methyl-
N'-[(1S,2S,3S,5R)-2,6,6-
Figure imgf000141_0001
trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3- yl]piperazine-1 -carboximidamide
101 (3S)-3-methyl-N-{2-[(4- 575.8 methylpiperazin-1 -yl)methyl]-4- oxo-3-prop-2-enyl-3,4- dihydroquinazolin-7-yl}-N'- [(1S,2S,3S,5R)-2,6,6- trimethyIbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3- yl]piperazine-1 -carboximidamide
Figure imgf000141_0002
[0244] The compounds in the following table were prepared using the methodology described in the previous Examples and Methods. The starting materials used in the syntheses are recognizable to one of skill in the art and are commercially available or may be prepared using known methods.
Table of Examples 102-112
Figure imgf000141_0003
Figure imgf000142_0001
Figure imgf000143_0001
[0245] EC50 values of test compounds were determined by treating cells expressing MC4-R with test compound and lysing the cells and measuring intercellular cAMP concentration with an Amersham-Pharmacia RPA-559 cAMP Scintillation Proximity Assay (SPA) kit. The compounds described above were synthesized and tested according to this assay. Each of the named compounds of Examples 1-104 exhibited -log EC50 values above about 3. Examples 105-112 will be found to exhibit -log EC50 values above about 3. For this reason, each of the exemplary compounds are individually preferred and are preferred as a group. Furthermore, the groups corresponding to R1 through R9, R1' through R4', L, Y, and W for each of the named compounds of Examples 1-112 are also preferred. Nomenclature for these compounds was provided using ACD Name version 5.07 software (November 14, 2001 ) available from Advanced Chemistry Development, Inc and Chemlnnovation NamExpert + Nomenclator™ brand software available from Chemlnnovation Software, Inc. Some of the starting materials were named using standard IUPAC nomenclature. Example compounds 1-112 are illustrative and should not be construed as limiting of the instant invention.
In Vivo Studies of MC4-R Agonists on Energy Intake, Body Weight, Hyperinsulinemia, and Glucose Levels
[0246] In vivo studies are conducted to observe the effect of MCR-4 agonists on energy intake, body weight, hyperinsulinemia, and glucose levels. All studies are conducted with male 9-10 week old ob/ob mice which display early onset of obesity, insulin resistance and diabetes due to leptin deficiency. Mice are acclimated in the facility for 1 week before studies and are caged individually. Vehicle-treated (control) and drug treated mice studies are always run in parallel. In multi-day studies, mice (8-15 per group) are monitored for baseline body weight, fasting levels of glucose, insulin, blood lipids and energy expenditure and then injected twice daily (9 a.m. and 5 p.m.) with 3 mg/kg of a MC4-R agonist of the present invention for 4 weeks. Body weight as well as food and water intake are monitored daily. Animals are fasted overnight for measurements of fasting levels of glucose, insulin, and lipids once a week until the end of the study. Energy expenditure (resting metabolic rate, i.e., 02 consumption and C02 production) are monitored in air tight chambers at the end of the study on fed animals. 02 consumption and C02 production are measured using Oxymax systems (Columbus Instruments). Oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT - a routine test for diabetes and glucose intolerance) is performed on overnight fasted mice at the end of the study. Blood glucose and oral glucose tolerance are measured using a glucose monitor (Onetouch sold by Lifescan). Free fatty acids are measured using an non-esterified free fatty acids enzymatic assay (Waco Chemicals). Serum Insulin levels are measured by immunoassay (Alpco).
Results
[0247] The effect of the compounds of the present invention on food intake is determined by measuring grams/mouse/day throughout a 4 week study. Food is monitored every morning. Cumulative food intake represents the total amount of grams the mice consume during the study. A significant reduction in food intake is demonstrated in those mice treated IP with the compounds of the present invention.
[0248] The effect of the compounds of the present invention on body weight is determined by measuring grams/mouse throughout a 4 week study. Mice are weighed every morning. A significant body weight reduction is demonstrated in those mice treated IP with the compounds of the present invention.
[0249] The effect of the compounds of the present invention on blood glucose levels is determined by measuring blood glucose levels as represented as mg of glucose/dL of blood. Mice are fasted overnight and glucose levels are measured the following morning. Vehicle treated mice show an increase in blood glucose consistent with the rapid progression of diabetes in this mouse strain whereas, diabetes is slowed down considerably in drug treated mice. A significant reduction in fasting glucose levels is demonstrated in those mice treated IP with the compounds of this invention.
[0250] The effect of the compounds of the present invention on glucose levels during oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) is determined by measuring blood glucose in overnight fasted mice. Blood glucose is represented as mg of glucose/dL of blood. Glucose levels are measured the following morning. Orally administered glucose quickly elevates blood glucose, similar to a meal, and the response to this exogenous glucose gives a measure of how well the body regulated glucose homeostasis. Vehicle treated mice show an elevated response to glucose consistent with their diabetic state, whereas drug treated mice show a very much improved glucose disposal.
[0251] The effect of the compounds of the present invention on free fatty acid (FFA) levels is determined by measuring mmoles of FFA/L of serum. Mice are fasted overnight and free fatty acid levels are measured the following morning. Vehicle treated mice show elevated levels of FFA throughout the study consistent with their obese state, whereas the drug treated mice diabetes show a dramatic decrease.
[0252] The effect of the compouhds of the present invention on serum insulin levels is determined by measuring serum insulin levels one hour after single IP dosing of 1 and 3 mg/kg in overnight fasted ob/ob mice. Serum insulin levels are represented as ng of insulin/mL of serum. Drug treated mice show a dose dependent decrease relative to vehicle.
[0253] It is understood that the invention is not limited to the embodiments set forth herein for illustration, but embraces all such forms thereof as come within the scope of the following claims.

Claims

What is claimed is: 1. A compound of formula IA, IB, or IC
Figure imgf000147_0001
IA IB
Figure imgf000147_0002
IC wherein Z1 is selected from the group consisting of CR4 and N;
Z2 is selected from the group consisting of CR5 and N;
Z3 is selected from the group consisting of CR6 and N;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcarbonyl, and arylcarbonyl groups;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups;
R4, R5, and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CI, I, F, Br, OH, NH2, CN, N02, and substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylamino, heteroarylamino, aminocarbonyl, aikylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heterocyclylaminocarbonyl, and heteroarylaminocarbonyl groups;
W is a group of formula IIA or IIB;
Figure imgf000148_0001
IIA IIB
R1' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
R2' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups; or R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl group;
R3' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
R4' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups; and
prodrugs thereof, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, hydrates thereof, hydrides thereof, or solvates thereof.
2. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R3 is H.
3. The compound of claim 1 , wherein Z1 is a CR4 group, Z2 is a CR5 group, and Z3 is a CR6 group.
4. The compound of claim 3, wherein at least one of R4, R5, or R6 is a F.
5. The compound of claim 1 , wherein at least one of Z1, Z2, or Z3 is N.
6. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, polycyclic cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl, and aryl groups.
7. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R1' is H and R2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
8. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R1' is H and R2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3- methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
9. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R1' and R2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
10. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R1' and R2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3-methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3- methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
11. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group.
12. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R1' and R2 , together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazino, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, homopiperazino, or azepino group.
13. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R1 is a 2,4- disubstituted phenylethyl group.
14. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4- methoxyphenylethyl, 4-phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4- methylphenylethyl, 4-chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, indolylethyl, 4- hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2- fluoro-4-methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- bromophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-4- fluorophenylethyl, 2,4-difluorophenylethyl, 2,4-dimethylphenylethyI, 2,4- dimethoxyphenylethyl, (2-py ridyl )ethy I , (3-pyridyl)ethyl, (4-pyridyl)ethyl, (pyridyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, and (phenyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl groups.
15. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyI, (aryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl groups, (aryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, (aryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, (aryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, (aryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, (aryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyI, (heteroaryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, (heteroaιNI)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, (heteroaryl)(arylalkoxymethyI)ethyl, (heteroaryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, and (heteroaryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyI)ethyl groups.
16. The compound of claim 1 , wherein the compound has the formula IB and R2 is H.
17. A composition comprising the compound of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
18. A method of treating an MC4-R mediated disease, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, the compound of claim 1.
19. The method according to claim 18, wherein the disease is obesity or type II diabetes.
20. A compound of formula IA or IC
Figure imgf000152_0001
IA IC wherein
Z1 is selected from the group consisting of CR4 and N
Z2 is selected from the group consisting of CR5 and N
Z3 is selected from the group consisting of CR6 and N
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxyalkyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl groups, and -C(=NH)-heterocyclyl groups, and groups of formula -LR7;
R4, R5, and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CI, I, F, Br, OH, NH2, CN, N02, and substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylamino, heteroarylamino, aminocarbonyl, aikylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heterocyclylaminocarbonyl, and heteroarylaminocarbonyl groups; W is a group of formula IIA or IIB;
Figure imgf000153_0001
IIA IIB
R is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
R2' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
or R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl group;
R3' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
R4' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups;
L is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, -CH2-, -0-, -S-, and -NH-; R7 is is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted arylaminoalkyl, aryl, and aryloxyalkyl groups or is selected from a group of formula IIC;
Figure imgf000154_0001
IIC wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of CH2, O, S, and NR9 where R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl groups;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, a halogen, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkylaminoalkyl, heterocyclyl, alkoxy, carbonyl, and aminocarbonyl groups;
m is an integer selected from O, 1 , or 2; and
prodrugs thereof, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, hydrates thereof, hydrides thereof, or solvates thereof.
21. The compound of claim 20, wherein R1 is H.
22. The compound of claim 20, wherein R1 is an alkyl group.
23. The compound of claim 20, wherein R1 is an alkyl group selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and pentyl groups.
24. The compound of claim 20, wherein R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group.
25. The compound of claim 20, wherein Z1 is a CR4 group, Z2 is a CR5 group, and Z3 is a CR6 group.
26. The compound of claim 25, wherein at least one of R4, R5, or R6 is a F.
27. The compound of claim 20, wherein at least one of Z1, Z2, or Z3 is N.
28. The compound of claim 20, wherein R1' is H and R2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
29. The compound of claim 20, wherein R1' is H and R2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3- methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
30. The compound of claim 20, wherein R1' and R2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
31. The compound of claim 20, wherein R1' and R2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3-methyl benzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3- methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
32. The compound of claim 20, wherein R1' and R2 , together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group.
33. The compound of claim 20, wherein R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazino, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, homopiperazino, or azepino group.
34. The compound of claim 20, wherein R1 is a 2,4- disubstituted phenylethyl group.
35. The compound of claim 20, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4- methoxyphenylethyl, 4-phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4- methylphenylethyl, 4-chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenyIethyl, 2-fluoro-4-bromophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-4-fluorophenylethyI, 2,4- difluorophenylethyl, 2,4-dimethylphenylethyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl groups, (2-pyridyl)ethyl, (3-pyridyl)ethyl, (4-pyridyl)ethyl, (pyridyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, (phenyI)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl groups, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(aryIoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryI)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, and substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl groups.
36. The compound of claim 20, wherein R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group.
37. The compound of claim 20, wherein R3 is a 2,4- disubstituted phenylethyl group.
38. The compound of claim 20, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyI, 4- methoxyphenylethyl, 4-phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4- methylphenylethyl, 4-chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chIorophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-bromophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-4-fluorophenylethyl, 2,4- difluorophenylethyl, 2,4-dimethyIphenylethyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl groups, (2-pyridyl)ethyl, (3-pyridyl)ethyl, (4-pyridyl)ethyl, (pyridyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, (phenyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl groups, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (anyl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, and substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryI)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl groups.
39. The compound of claim 20, wherein R3 is a substituted alkyl group selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl groups or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryloxyalkyl groups.
40. The compound of claim 20, wherein R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted -CH2-0-aryl group.
41. The compound of claim 40, wherein the R3 -CH2-0-aryl group is substituted with at least one halogen group.
42. The compound of claim 40, wherein the R3 -CH2-0-aryl group is substituted with at least one alkoxy group.
43. The compound of claim 20, wherein R3 is a -CH2-0-aryl group where the aryl group is selected from 2,4-difluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2-chIorophenyl, or 2-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl groups.
44. The compound of claim 20, wherein R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl group.
45. The compound of claim 20, wherein R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted -CH2-heterocyclyl group.
46. The compound of claim 45, wherein the heterocyclyl group of the R3 -CH2-heterocyclyl group is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted 1 H-tetrazole, piperazine, piperidine, imidazole, and morpholine groups.
47. The compound of claim 20, wherein R3 is selected from a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxyalkyl group.
48. A composition comprising the compound of claim 20 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
49. A method of treating an MC4-R mediated disease, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, the compound of claim 20.
50. The method according to claim 49, wherein the disease is obesity or type II diabetes.
51. A compound of formula ID
Figure imgf000159_0001
wherein
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups;
R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxyalkyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl groups, and -C(=NH)-heterocyclyl groups, and groups of formula -LR7;
R4, R5, and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CI, I, F, Br, OH, NH2, CN, N02, and substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylamino, heteroarylamino, aminocarbonyl, aikylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heterocyclylaminocarbonyl, and heteroarylaminocarbonyl groups; W is a group of formula IIA or IIB;
Figure imgf000160_0001
R1' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
R2' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
or R1' and R2 , together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl group;
R3' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
R4' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups;
L is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, -CH2-, -0-, -S-, and -NH-; R7 is is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted arylaminoalkyl, aryl, and aryloxyalkyl groups or is selected from a group of formula IIC;
Figure imgf000161_0001
IIC wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of CH2, O, S, and NR9 where R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl groups;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, a halogen, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkylaminoalkyl, heterocyclyl, alkoxy, carbonyl, and aminocarbonyl groups;
m is an integer selected from O, 1 , or 2; and
prodrugs thereof, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, hydrates thereof, hydrides thereof, or solvates thereof.
52. The compound of claim 51 , wherein R1 is H.
53. The compound of claim 51 , wherein R1 is an alkyl group.
54. The compound of claim 51 , wherein R2 is H.
55. The compound of claim 51 , wherein R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group.
56. The compound of claim 51 , wherein at least one of R4, R5, or R6 is a F.
57. The compound of claim 51 , wherein R3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, polycyclic cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl, and aryl groups.
58. The compound of claim 51 , wherein R1' is H and R2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
59. The compound of claim 51 , wherein R1' is H and R2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3- methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
60. The compound of claim 51 , wherein R and R2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
61. The compound of claim 51 , wherein R1' and R2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3-methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3- methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
62. The compound of claim 51 , wherein R1' and R2 , together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group.
63. The compound of claim 51 , wherein R1' and R2 , together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazino, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, homopiperazino, or azepino group.
64. The compound of claim 51 , wherein R1 is a 2,4- disubstituted phenylethyl group.
65. The compound of claim 51 , wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4- methoxyphenylethyl, 4-phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4- methylphenylethyl, 4-chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-bromophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-4-fluorophenylethyl, 2,4- difluorophenylethyl, 2,4-dimethylphenylethyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl groups, (2-pyridyl)ethyl, (3-pyridyl)ethyl, (4-pyridyl)ethyl, (pyridyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, (phenyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl groups, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, and substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaιyl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyI groups.
66. The compound of claim 51 , wherein R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group.
67. The compound of claim 51 , wherein R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group.
68. The compound of claim 51 , wherein R3 is a 2,4- disubstituted phenylethyl group.
69. The compound of claim 51 , wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4-methoxyphenylethyl, 4-phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4-methylphenylethyl, 4-chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenyIethyl, 2- fluorophenylethyl, 3-methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4- hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2- fluoro-4-methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- bromophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-4- fluorophenylethyl, 2,4-difluorophenylethyl, 2,4-dimethylphenylethyl, 2,4- dimethoxyphenylethyl groups, (2-pyridyl)ethyl, (3-pyridyl)ethyl, (4-pyridyl)ethyl, (pyridyI)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, (phenyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl groups, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(a!koxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, and substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl groups.
70. The compound of claim 51 , wherein R3 is a substituted alkyl group selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryloxyalkyl groups or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryloxyalkyl groups.
71. The compound of claim 51 , wherein R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl group.
72. The compound of claim 51 , wherein R3 is selected from a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxyalkyl group.
73. A composition comprising the compound of claim 51 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
74. A method of treating an MC4-R mediated disease, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, the compound of claim 51.
75. The method according to claim 74, wherein the disease is obesity or type II diabetes.
76. A compound of formula IE
Figure imgf000165_0001
wherein
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted and unsubstituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkyl groups;
R4, R5, and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, CI, I, F, Br, OH, NH2, CN, N02, and substituted and unsubstituted alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylamino, heteroarylamino, aminocarbonyl, aikylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, heterocyclylaminocarbonyl, and heteroarylaminocarbonyl groups;
W is a group of formula IIA or IIB;
Figure imgf000166_0001
R is selected from the group consisting H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
R2' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
or R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl group;
R3' is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl groups;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups; and
prodrugs thereof, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, stereoisomers thereof, tautomers thereof, hydrates thereof, hydrides thereof, or solvates thereof.
77. The compound of claim 76, wherein R is H.
78. The compound of claim 76, wherein R1 is an alkyl group.
79. The compound of claim 76, wherein at least one of R4, R5, or R6 is a F.
80. The compound of claim 76, wherein R3' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, polycyclic cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkyl, and aryl groups.
81. The compound of claim 76, wherein R1' is H and R2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
82. The compound of claim 76, wherein R1' is H and R2' is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3- methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
83. The compound of claim 76, wherein R1' and R2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups.
84. The compound of claim 76, wherein R1' and R2' may be the same or different and are each independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted dialkylaminoethyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 3-methylbenzyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3- methoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, and thiophene groups.
85. The compound of claim 76, wherein R1' and R2', together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl group.
86. The compound of claim 76, wherein R1' and R2 , together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a substituted or unsubstituted piperazino, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, homopiperazino, or azepino group.
87. The compound of claim 76, wherein R1 is a 2,4- disubstituted phenylethyl group.
88. The compound of claim 76, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethyl, 2,4-dichlorophenylethyl, 4- methoxyphenylethyl, 4-phenoxyphenylethyl, 4-bromophenylethyl, 4- methylphenylethyl, 4-chlorophenylethyl, 4-ethylphenylethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, 2-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluorophenylethyl, 3- methoxyphenylethyl, 3-fluorophenylethyl, thienylethyl, 4-hydroxyphenylethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl, 2-chloro-4-iodophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4- methylphenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-chlorophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-bromophenylethyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenylethyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-4-fluorophenyIethyl, 2,4- difluorophenylethyl, 2,4-dimethylphenylethyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenylethyl groups, (2-py ridy I )ethyl , (3-pyridyl)ethyl, (4-pyridyl)ethyl, (pyridyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, (phenyl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(hydroxymethyl)ethyl groups, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(arylalkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (aryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(alkoxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(aryloxymethyl)ethyl, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(aryIalkoxymethyl)ethyI, substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heteroaryloxymethyl)ethyl, and substituted and unsubstituted (heteroaryl)(heterocyclyloxymethyl)ethyl groups.
89. The compound of claim 76, wherein R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group.
90. A composition comprising the compound of claim 76 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
91. A method of treating an MC4-R mediated disease, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, the compound of claim 76.
92. The method according to claim 91 , wherein the disease is obesity or type II diabetes.
PCT/US2003/016442 2002-05-23 2003-05-23 Substituted quinazolinone compounds WO2003099818A1 (en)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
DE60333937T DE60333937D1 (en) 2002-05-23 2003-05-23 SUBSTITUTED QUINAZOLINONE COMPOUNDS
US10/515,434 US7858631B2 (en) 2002-05-23 2003-05-23 Substituted pyrido [2,3-d] pyrimidinone compounds
EP03738964A EP1551834B1 (en) 2002-05-23 2003-05-23 Substituted quinazolinone compounds
MXPA04011557A MXPA04011557A (en) 2002-05-23 2003-05-23 Substituted quinazolinone compounds.
JP2004507475A JP2005531583A (en) 2002-05-23 2003-05-23 Substituted quinazolinone compounds
AU2003245325A AU2003245325A1 (en) 2002-05-23 2003-05-23 Substituted quinazolinone compounds
AT03738964T ATE478867T1 (en) 2002-05-23 2003-05-23 SUBSTITUTED QUINAZOLINONE COMPOUNDS
CA002486966A CA2486966A1 (en) 2002-05-23 2003-05-23 Substituted quinazolinone compounds

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US38276202P 2002-05-23 2002-05-23
US60/382,762 2002-05-23
US44101903P 2003-01-17 2003-01-17
US60/441,019 2003-01-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2003099818A1 true WO2003099818A1 (en) 2003-12-04

Family

ID=29586967

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2003/016442 WO2003099818A1 (en) 2002-05-23 2003-05-23 Substituted quinazolinone compounds

Country Status (10)

Country Link
US (3) US7034033B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1551834B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2005531583A (en)
AT (1) ATE478867T1 (en)
AU (1) AU2003245325A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2486966A1 (en)
DE (1) DE60333937D1 (en)
MX (1) MXPA04011557A (en)
PT (1) PT1551834E (en)
WO (1) WO2003099818A1 (en)

Cited By (50)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1407774A1 (en) * 2002-09-10 2004-04-14 LION Bioscience AG 2-Amino-4-quinazolinones as LXR nuclear receptor binding compounds
WO2004112793A1 (en) * 2003-05-23 2004-12-29 Chiron Corporation Guanidino-substituted quinazolinone compounds as mc4-r agonists
US6960582B2 (en) 2001-04-09 2005-11-01 Chiron Corporation Guanidino compounds
EP1608317A2 (en) * 2003-03-25 2005-12-28 Takeda San Diego, Inc. Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US6995269B2 (en) 2000-08-31 2006-02-07 Chiron Corporation Guanidinobenzamides
EP1686996A1 (en) * 2003-11-19 2006-08-09 Chiron Corporation Quinazolinone compounds with reduced bioaccumulation
US7169926B1 (en) 2003-08-13 2007-01-30 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7678909B1 (en) 2003-08-13 2010-03-16 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7687638B2 (en) 2004-06-04 2010-03-30 Takeda San Diego, Inc. Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
WO2010056717A1 (en) 2008-11-17 2010-05-20 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted bicyclic amines for the treatment of diabetes
US7723344B2 (en) 2003-08-13 2010-05-25 Takeda San Diego, Inc. Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7732446B1 (en) 2004-03-11 2010-06-08 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7781584B2 (en) 2004-03-15 2010-08-24 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7790734B2 (en) 2003-09-08 2010-09-07 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7825242B2 (en) 2004-07-16 2010-11-02 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limted Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7858641B2 (en) 2002-05-23 2010-12-28 Novartis Vaccines And Diagnostics, Inc. Substituted dihydroisoquinolinone compounds
US7872124B2 (en) 2004-12-21 2011-01-18 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
WO2011011508A1 (en) 2009-07-23 2011-01-27 Schering Corporation Benzo-fused oxazepine compounds as stearoyl-coenzyme a delta-9 desaturase inhibitors
WO2011011506A1 (en) 2009-07-23 2011-01-27 Schering Corporation Spirocyclic oxazepine compounds as stearoyl-coenzyme a delta-9 desaturase inhibitors
WO2011137024A1 (en) 2010-04-26 2011-11-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel spiropiperidine prolylcarboxypeptidase inhibitors
WO2011143057A1 (en) 2010-05-11 2011-11-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel prolylcarboxypeptidase inhibitors
WO2011156246A1 (en) 2010-06-11 2011-12-15 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel prolylcarboxypeptidase inhibitors
US8084605B2 (en) 2006-11-29 2011-12-27 Kelly Ron C Polymorphs of succinate salt of 2-[6-(3-amino-piperidin-1-yl)-3-methyl-2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrimidin-1-ylmethy]-4-fluor-benzonitrile and methods of use therefor
US8093236B2 (en) 2007-03-13 2012-01-10 Takeda Pharmaceuticals Company Limited Weekly administration of dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US8222411B2 (en) 2005-09-16 2012-07-17 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US8324383B2 (en) 2006-09-13 2012-12-04 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Methods of making polymorphs of benzoate salt of 2-[[6-[(3R)-3-amino-1-piperidinyl]-3,4-dihydro-3-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1(2H)-pyrimidinyl]methyl]-benzonitrile
US8906901B2 (en) 2005-09-14 2014-12-09 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Administration of dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US9266892B2 (en) 2012-12-19 2016-02-23 Incyte Holdings Corporation Fused pyrazoles as FGFR inhibitors
US9388185B2 (en) 2012-08-10 2016-07-12 Incyte Holdings Corporation Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrazines as FGFR inhibitors
US9533984B2 (en) 2013-04-19 2017-01-03 Incyte Holdings Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
US9533954B2 (en) 2010-12-22 2017-01-03 Incyte Corporation Substituted imidazopyridazines and benzimidazoles as inhibitors of FGFR3
US9580423B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2017-02-28 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors
US9611267B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2017-04-04 Incyte Holdings Corporation Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors
US9708318B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2017-07-18 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors
US9890156B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2018-02-13 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors
US10611762B2 (en) 2017-05-26 2020-04-07 Incyte Corporation Crystalline forms of a FGFR inhibitor and processes for preparing the same
US10851105B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2020-12-01 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors
US11174257B2 (en) 2018-05-04 2021-11-16 Incyte Corporation Salts of an FGFR inhibitor
US11407750B2 (en) 2019-12-04 2022-08-09 Incyte Corporation Derivatives of an FGFR inhibitor
US11466004B2 (en) 2018-05-04 2022-10-11 Incyte Corporation Solid forms of an FGFR inhibitor and processes for preparing the same
US20220339239A1 (en) * 2007-11-05 2022-10-27 Ipsen Pharma S.A.S. Use of melanocortins to treat insulin sensitivity
US11566028B2 (en) 2019-10-16 2023-01-31 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
US11591329B2 (en) 2019-07-09 2023-02-28 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
US11607416B2 (en) 2019-10-14 2023-03-21 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
US11628162B2 (en) 2019-03-08 2023-04-18 Incyte Corporation Methods of treating cancer with an FGFR inhibitor
US11897891B2 (en) 2019-12-04 2024-02-13 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
US11939331B2 (en) 2021-06-09 2024-03-26 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
US12012409B2 (en) 2020-01-15 2024-06-18 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
US12065494B2 (en) 2021-04-12 2024-08-20 Incyte Corporation Combination therapy comprising an FGFR inhibitor and a Nectin-4 targeting agent
US12122767B2 (en) 2020-09-30 2024-10-22 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7850970B2 (en) * 2003-08-26 2010-12-14 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado Inhibitors of serine protease activity and their use in methods and compositions for treatment of bacterial infections
US7345134B2 (en) * 2005-01-21 2008-03-18 Lumera Corporation Crosslinked polymers with low loss and tunable refractive indices
EP1909810B2 (en) 2005-06-07 2017-08-23 The Regents of the University of Colorado Inhibitors of serine protease activity and their use in methods and compositions for treatment of graft rejection and promotion of graft survival
US9457070B2 (en) 2005-06-07 2016-10-04 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate Compositions, methods and uses of alpha 1-antitrypsin for early intervention in bone marrow transplantation and treatment of graft versus host disease
EP2079739A2 (en) * 2006-10-04 2009-07-22 Pfizer Products Inc. Pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3h)-one derivatives as calcium receptor antagonists
SA08280783B1 (en) * 2007-01-11 2011-04-24 استرازينيكا ايه بي Pyridopyrimidine Derivatives as PDE4 Inhibitors
JP5718233B2 (en) 2008-10-20 2015-05-13 ザ ガバメント オブ ザ ユナイテッド ステイツ オブ アメリカ アズ リプレゼンテッド バイ ザ セクレタリー オブ ザ デパートメント オブ ヘルス アンド ヒューマン サービシーズ Thyroid-stimulating hormone receptor (TSHR) low molecular weight agonist
EP2563777A4 (en) 2010-04-08 2013-09-04 Us Health Inverse agonists and neutral antagonists for the tsh receptor
EP2723370A4 (en) 2011-06-24 2015-06-03 Univ Colorado Regents Compositions, methods and uses for alpha-1 antitrypsin fusion molecules
KR20140137347A (en) 2012-01-10 2014-12-02 더 리젠츠 오브 더 유니버시티 오브 콜로라도, 어 바디 코포레이트 Compositions, methods and uses for alpha-1 antitrypsin fusion molecules

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20020193595A1 (en) * 2001-04-09 2002-12-19 Daniel Chu Novel guanidino compounds

Family Cites Families (64)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3177218A (en) 1962-01-17 1965-04-06 Monsanto Chemicals Methylene-bis(2-guanidino-4-methylquinazoline)
US4211867A (en) 1976-03-19 1980-07-08 Mcneil Laboratories, Incorporated Nitrogen heterocyclic carboximidamide compounds
DE2623846A1 (en) 1976-05-28 1977-12-15 Hoechst Ag 4-QUINAZOLINYL GUANIDINE AND THE METHOD OF MANUFACTURING IT
US4287341A (en) 1979-11-01 1981-09-01 Pfizer Inc. Alkoxy-substituted-6-chloro-quinazoline-2,4-diones
JPS55160764A (en) 1979-05-29 1980-12-13 Ciba Geigy Ag Guanidine* its manufacture and pharmaceutic medicine containing same
DE3108322A1 (en) 1980-03-18 1981-12-24 Immuno Aktiengesellschaft für chemisch-medizinische Produkte, 1220 Wien Chromogenic enzyme substrate
DE3270716D1 (en) 1981-02-27 1986-05-28 Ici Plc Guanidino-substituted heterocyclic derivatives having histamine h-2 antagonist activity
DE3267110D1 (en) 1981-05-18 1985-12-05 Ici Plc AMIDINE DERIVATIVES
JPS6229566A (en) 1985-07-30 1987-02-07 Taiyo Yakuhin Kogyo Kk Novel guanidinomthylbenzoic acid derivative
JPS63148189A (en) * 1986-12-11 1988-06-21 Hamamatsu Photonics Kk Radiation detector
US4948891A (en) 1988-05-24 1990-08-14 Pfizer Inc. Benzamide protease inhibitors
US4874864A (en) 1988-05-24 1989-10-17 Pfizer Inc. Benzamide protease inhibitors
US4948901A (en) 1988-05-24 1990-08-14 Pfizer Inc. Benzamide protease inhibitors
JPH0276880A (en) 1988-06-16 1990-03-16 Sankyo Co Ltd Cachexia-improving remidy
GB8926512D0 (en) 1989-11-23 1990-01-10 Pfizer Ltd Therapeutic agents
US5624898A (en) 1989-12-05 1997-04-29 Ramsey Foundation Method for administering neurologic agents to the brain
CA2032420A1 (en) 1989-12-22 1991-06-23 Akira Okuyama Guanidinobenzene derivatives
US5124328A (en) 1990-10-11 1992-06-23 Merck & Co., Inc. Morpholine derivatives compositions and use
US5155366A (en) * 1991-08-30 1992-10-13 General Research Corporation Method and apparatus for detecting and discriminating between particles and rays
USRE36201E (en) * 1992-10-21 1999-04-27 Miller; Thomas G. High energy x-y neutron detector and radiographic/tomographic device
WO1994021621A1 (en) 1993-03-23 1994-09-29 Astra Aktiebolag Guanidine derivatives useful in therapy
ATE231126T1 (en) 1993-08-12 2003-02-15 Astrazeneca Ab AMIDINE DERIVATIVES WITH NITROGEN OXIDE SYNTHEASE ACTIVITY
US5547966A (en) 1993-10-07 1996-08-20 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Aryl urea and related compounds
US5599984A (en) 1994-01-21 1997-02-04 The Picower Institute For Medical Research Guanylhydrazones and their use to treat inflammatory conditions
US5637439A (en) 1994-11-07 1997-06-10 Mitsubishi Paper Mills Ltd. Photographic silver halide photosensitive material and method for developing the same
WO1996024580A1 (en) 1995-02-09 1996-08-15 Novo Nordisk A/S Compounds with growth hormone releasing properties
US5731408A (en) 1995-04-10 1998-03-24 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona Peptides having potent antagonist and agonist bioactivities at melanocortin receptors
US6054556A (en) 1995-04-10 2000-04-25 The Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona Melanocortin receptor antagonists and agonists
JPH0915335A (en) * 1995-04-27 1997-01-17 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Radiation detector and detecting method of radiation
GB9509755D0 (en) * 1995-05-13 1995-07-05 Geolink Uk Limited Gamma ray detection and measurement device
DE19544685A1 (en) 1995-11-30 1997-06-05 Thomae Gmbh Dr K Amino acid derivatives, medicaments containing these compounds and processes for their preparation
DE19544687A1 (en) 1995-11-30 1997-06-05 Thomae Gmbh Dr K Amino acid derivatives, medicaments containing these compounds and processes for their preparation
JP2000515493A (en) 1996-03-29 2000-11-21 ジー．ディー．サール アンド カンパニー Para-substituted phenylene derivatives
ZA973850B (en) 1996-05-06 1997-12-02 Reddy Research Foundation Novel antidiabetic compounds having hypolipidaemic, anti-hypertensive properties, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them.
US5766877A (en) 1996-05-10 1998-06-16 Amgen Inc. Genes encoding art, an agouti-related transcript
US6127343A (en) 1996-05-14 2000-10-03 Novo Nordisk A/S Somatostatin agonists and antagonists
DE69713402T2 (en) 1996-08-23 2002-11-07 Agouron Pharma LIGANDS OF THE NEUROPEPTID Y
AU4772497A (en) 1996-10-31 1998-05-22 Novo Nordisk A/S Constrained somatostatin agonists and antagonists
DE69732244T2 (en) 1996-11-25 2006-06-29 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Nebraska, Lincoln GUANIDYL-HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS AS ALPHA-2 ADRENOCEPTOR AGONISTS
DE69727837T2 (en) 1997-05-02 2004-12-30 Dr. Reddy's Research Foundation, Hyderabad NEW ANTIDIABETIC COMPOUNDS WITH HYPOLIPIDIMIC AND ANTI-HYPERTENSIVE PROPERTIES, METHOD FOR THEIR PRODUCTION AND THEIR MEDICINAL PRODUCTS
CA2334551A1 (en) 1998-06-11 1999-12-16 Merck & Co., Inc. Spiropiperidine derivatives as melanocortin receptor agonists
DE19831710A1 (en) 1998-07-15 2000-01-20 Merck Patent Gmbh New diacyl-hydrazine derivatives, are integrin inhibitors useful for treating e.g. thrombosis, cardiac infarction, tumors, osteoporosis, inflammation or infection
FR2784678B1 (en) 1998-09-23 2002-11-29 Sod Conseils Rech Applic NOVEL N- (IMINOMETHYL) AMINE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION, THEIR USE AS MEDICAMENTS AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
CA2360305A1 (en) 1999-02-09 2000-08-17 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Lactam inhibitors of fxa and method
AU766191B2 (en) 1999-06-04 2003-10-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted piperidines as melanocortin-4 receptor agonists
AU5826100A (en) * 1999-07-13 2001-01-30 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Benzazepinones and quinazolines
EP1204645A2 (en) 1999-08-04 2002-05-15 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Melanocortin-4 receptor binding compounds and methods of use thereof
EP1254114A2 (en) 2000-01-28 2002-11-06 Melacure Therapeutics AB Melanocortin receptor agonists and antagonists
GB0002059D0 (en) 2000-01-28 2000-03-22 Melacure Therapeutics Ab Novel aromatic amines
WO2001055107A2 (en) 2000-01-28 2001-08-02 Melacure Therapeutics Ab Aromatic amines and amides acting on the melanocortin receptors
US6458790B2 (en) 2000-03-23 2002-10-01 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted piperidines as melanocortin receptor agonists
AU4928101A (en) 2000-03-23 2001-10-03 Merck & Co Inc Spiropiperidine derivatives as melanocortin receptor agonists
US6596998B1 (en) * 2000-07-31 2003-07-22 Westinghouse Electric Company Llc Method and system for identifying the source of a signal
DZ3415A1 (en) 2000-08-31 2002-03-07 Chiron Corp GUANIDINOBENZAMIDES AS MC4-R AGONISTS.
GB0102668D0 (en) 2001-02-02 2001-03-21 Glaxo Group Ltd Compounds
EP1363890A4 (en) 2001-02-07 2009-06-10 Ore Pharmaceuticals Inc Melanocortin-4 receptor binding compounds and methods of use thereof
US20030195187A1 (en) 2002-02-04 2003-10-16 Chiron Corporation Guanidino compounds
US20030207814A1 (en) 2002-02-04 2003-11-06 Chiron Corporation Novel guanidinyl derivatives
US20030229025A1 (en) 2002-02-25 2003-12-11 Chiron Corporation Intranasal administration of MC4-R agonists
EP1551834B1 (en) 2002-05-23 2010-08-25 Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics, Inc. Substituted quinazolinone compounds
US7103137B2 (en) * 2002-07-24 2006-09-05 Varian Medical Systems Technology, Inc. Radiation scanning of objects for contraband
WO2004112793A1 (en) 2003-05-23 2004-12-29 Chiron Corporation Guanidino-substituted quinazolinone compounds as mc4-r agonists
CA2545601A1 (en) 2003-11-19 2005-06-09 Chiron Corporation Quinazolinone compounds with reduced bioaccumulation
US7521686B2 (en) * 2007-08-17 2009-04-21 Trinity Engineering Associates, Inc. Intrinsically directional fast neutron detector

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20020193595A1 (en) * 2001-04-09 2002-12-19 Daniel Chu Novel guanidino compounds

Cited By (87)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6995269B2 (en) 2000-08-31 2006-02-07 Chiron Corporation Guanidinobenzamides
US6960582B2 (en) 2001-04-09 2005-11-01 Chiron Corporation Guanidino compounds
US7189727B2 (en) 2001-04-09 2007-03-13 Chiron Corporation Guanidino compounds
US7456183B2 (en) 2001-04-09 2008-11-25 Novartis Vaccines And Diagnostics, Inc. Guanidino compounds
US7858631B2 (en) 2002-05-23 2010-12-28 Novartis Vaccines And Diagnostics, Inc. Substituted pyrido [2,3-d] pyrimidinone compounds
US7858641B2 (en) 2002-05-23 2010-12-28 Novartis Vaccines And Diagnostics, Inc. Substituted dihydroisoquinolinone compounds
EP1407774A1 (en) * 2002-09-10 2004-04-14 LION Bioscience AG 2-Amino-4-quinazolinones as LXR nuclear receptor binding compounds
US7687625B2 (en) 2003-03-25 2010-03-30 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
EP1608317A2 (en) * 2003-03-25 2005-12-28 Takeda San Diego, Inc. Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
EP1608317B1 (en) * 2003-03-25 2012-09-26 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
WO2004112793A1 (en) * 2003-05-23 2004-12-29 Chiron Corporation Guanidino-substituted quinazolinone compounds as mc4-r agonists
US7625909B2 (en) 2003-05-23 2009-12-01 Novartis Vaccines And Diagnostics, Inc. Substituted quinazolinone compounds
US7678909B1 (en) 2003-08-13 2010-03-16 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7169926B1 (en) 2003-08-13 2007-01-30 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7723344B2 (en) 2003-08-13 2010-05-25 Takeda San Diego, Inc. Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7790736B2 (en) 2003-08-13 2010-09-07 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7790734B2 (en) 2003-09-08 2010-09-07 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
EP1686996A4 (en) * 2003-11-19 2008-11-12 Novartis Vaccines & Diagnostic Quinazolinone compounds with reduced bioaccumulation
EP1686996A1 (en) * 2003-11-19 2006-08-09 Chiron Corporation Quinazolinone compounds with reduced bioaccumulation
US7368453B2 (en) 2003-11-19 2008-05-06 Chiron Corporation Quinazolinone compounds with reduced bioaccumulation
US7732446B1 (en) 2004-03-11 2010-06-08 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7807689B2 (en) 2004-03-15 2010-10-05 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US8173663B2 (en) 2004-03-15 2012-05-08 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7781584B2 (en) 2004-03-15 2010-08-24 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US8288539B2 (en) 2004-03-15 2012-10-16 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US8329900B2 (en) 2004-03-15 2012-12-11 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US8188275B2 (en) 2004-03-15 2012-05-29 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7906523B2 (en) 2004-03-15 2011-03-15 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7687638B2 (en) 2004-06-04 2010-03-30 Takeda San Diego, Inc. Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7825242B2 (en) 2004-07-16 2010-11-02 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limted Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US7872124B2 (en) 2004-12-21 2011-01-18 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US8906901B2 (en) 2005-09-14 2014-12-09 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Administration of dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US8222411B2 (en) 2005-09-16 2012-07-17 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US8324383B2 (en) 2006-09-13 2012-12-04 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Methods of making polymorphs of benzoate salt of 2-[[6-[(3R)-3-amino-1-piperidinyl]-3,4-dihydro-3-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1(2H)-pyrimidinyl]methyl]-benzonitrile
US8084605B2 (en) 2006-11-29 2011-12-27 Kelly Ron C Polymorphs of succinate salt of 2-[6-(3-amino-piperidin-1-yl)-3-methyl-2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrimidin-1-ylmethy]-4-fluor-benzonitrile and methods of use therefor
US8093236B2 (en) 2007-03-13 2012-01-10 Takeda Pharmaceuticals Company Limited Weekly administration of dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors
US20220339239A1 (en) * 2007-11-05 2022-10-27 Ipsen Pharma S.A.S. Use of melanocortins to treat insulin sensitivity
WO2010056717A1 (en) 2008-11-17 2010-05-20 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted bicyclic amines for the treatment of diabetes
WO2011011506A1 (en) 2009-07-23 2011-01-27 Schering Corporation Spirocyclic oxazepine compounds as stearoyl-coenzyme a delta-9 desaturase inhibitors
WO2011011508A1 (en) 2009-07-23 2011-01-27 Schering Corporation Benzo-fused oxazepine compounds as stearoyl-coenzyme a delta-9 desaturase inhibitors
WO2011137024A1 (en) 2010-04-26 2011-11-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel spiropiperidine prolylcarboxypeptidase inhibitors
WO2011143057A1 (en) 2010-05-11 2011-11-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel prolylcarboxypeptidase inhibitors
WO2011156246A1 (en) 2010-06-11 2011-12-15 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel prolylcarboxypeptidase inhibitors
US9533954B2 (en) 2010-12-22 2017-01-03 Incyte Corporation Substituted imidazopyridazines and benzimidazoles as inhibitors of FGFR3
US10813930B2 (en) 2010-12-22 2020-10-27 Incyte Corporation Substituted imidazopyridazines and benzimidazoles as inhibitors of FGFR3
US10213427B2 (en) 2010-12-22 2019-02-26 Incyte Corporation Substituted imidazopyridazines and benzimidazoles as inhibitors of FGFR3
US11840534B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2023-12-12 Incyte Corporation Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors
US10131667B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2018-11-20 Incyte Corporation Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors
US11053246B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2021-07-06 Incyte Corporation Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors
US9611267B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2017-04-04 Incyte Holdings Corporation Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors
US9388185B2 (en) 2012-08-10 2016-07-12 Incyte Holdings Corporation Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrazines as FGFR inhibitors
US9745311B2 (en) 2012-08-10 2017-08-29 Incyte Corporation Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrazines as FGFR inhibitors
US9266892B2 (en) 2012-12-19 2016-02-23 Incyte Holdings Corporation Fused pyrazoles as FGFR inhibitors
US10040790B2 (en) 2013-04-19 2018-08-07 Incyte Holdings Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
US11530214B2 (en) 2013-04-19 2022-12-20 Incyte Holdings Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
US9533984B2 (en) 2013-04-19 2017-01-03 Incyte Holdings Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
US10947230B2 (en) 2013-04-19 2021-03-16 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
US10450313B2 (en) 2013-04-19 2019-10-22 Incyte Holdings Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
US10851105B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2020-12-01 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors
US11667635B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2023-06-06 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors
US10214528B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2019-02-26 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors
US10738048B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2020-08-11 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors
US9708318B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2017-07-18 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors
US10016438B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2018-07-10 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors
US10251892B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2019-04-09 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors
US11014923B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2021-05-25 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors
US9580423B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2017-02-28 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors
US11173162B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2021-11-16 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors
US9890156B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2018-02-13 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors
US9801889B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2017-10-31 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors
US10632126B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2020-04-28 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors
US10611762B2 (en) 2017-05-26 2020-04-07 Incyte Corporation Crystalline forms of a FGFR inhibitor and processes for preparing the same
US11472801B2 (en) 2017-05-26 2022-10-18 Incyte Corporation Crystalline forms of a FGFR inhibitor and processes for preparing the same
US12024517B2 (en) 2018-05-04 2024-07-02 Incyte Corporation Salts of an FGFR inhibitor
US11174257B2 (en) 2018-05-04 2021-11-16 Incyte Corporation Salts of an FGFR inhibitor
US11466004B2 (en) 2018-05-04 2022-10-11 Incyte Corporation Solid forms of an FGFR inhibitor and processes for preparing the same
US11628162B2 (en) 2019-03-08 2023-04-18 Incyte Corporation Methods of treating cancer with an FGFR inhibitor
US11591329B2 (en) 2019-07-09 2023-02-28 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
US11607416B2 (en) 2019-10-14 2023-03-21 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
US12083124B2 (en) 2019-10-14 2024-09-10 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
US11566028B2 (en) 2019-10-16 2023-01-31 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
US11407750B2 (en) 2019-12-04 2022-08-09 Incyte Corporation Derivatives of an FGFR inhibitor
US11897891B2 (en) 2019-12-04 2024-02-13 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
US12012409B2 (en) 2020-01-15 2024-06-18 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
US12122767B2 (en) 2020-09-30 2024-10-22 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
US12065494B2 (en) 2021-04-12 2024-08-20 Incyte Corporation Combination therapy comprising an FGFR inhibitor and a Nectin-4 targeting agent
US11939331B2 (en) 2021-06-09 2024-03-26 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20040019049A1 (en) 2004-01-29
US7858641B2 (en) 2010-12-28
PT1551834E (en) 2010-09-30
US20060030573A1 (en) 2006-02-09
US20060235019A1 (en) 2006-10-19
ATE478867T1 (en) 2010-09-15
JP2005531583A (en) 2005-10-20
US7034033B2 (en) 2006-04-25
DE60333937D1 (en) 2010-10-07
EP1551834A1 (en) 2005-07-13
CA2486966A1 (en) 2003-12-04
EP1551834A4 (en) 2006-08-23
MXPA04011557A (en) 2005-07-05
EP1551834B1 (en) 2010-08-25
US7858631B2 (en) 2010-12-28
AU2003245325A1 (en) 2003-12-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1551834B1 (en) Substituted quinazolinone compounds
US7625909B2 (en) Substituted quinazolinone compounds
KR101061727B1 (en) Acylated, heteroaryl-condensed cycloalkenylamines and a pharmaceutical preparation comprising the same
US6995269B2 (en) Guanidinobenzamides
US7368453B2 (en) Quinazolinone compounds with reduced bioaccumulation
CA2471348A1 (en) Quinazolinone derivative
WO2006010446A2 (en) Medicinal use of receptor ligands
US20030195187A1 (en) Guanidino compounds
JP2005526070A (en) Oxo-azabicyclic compounds
US20050124652A1 (en) Guanidino compounds
ES2353214T3 (en) SUBSTITUTED QUINAZOLINONA COMPOUNDS.
MXPA05012483A (en) Guanidino-substituted quinazolinone compounds as mc4-r agonists

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NI NO NZ OM PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2004/011557

Country of ref document: MX

Ref document number: 2486966

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2004507475

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003738964

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2003738964

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006235019

Country of ref document: US

Ref document number: 10515434

Country of ref document: US

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 10515434

Country of ref document: US